高考英语语法讲解及练习题+语法选择题限时练习10套+语法之虚拟语气+时态

高考英语语法讲解及练习题+语法选择题限时练习10套+语法之虚拟语气+时态

高考英语语法讲解及练习题 +语法选择题限时练习 10 套+语法之虚拟语气+时态 高考英语语法专题复习(附参考答案) 一、冠词 The Article 知识要点： 冠词是一种虚词，放在名词的前面，帮助说明名词的含义。冠词分不定冠词（The Indefinite Article）和定冠词（The definite Article）两种。a (an) 是不定冠词，a 用在辅音之前： 如 a book, a man; an 用在元音之前，如：an old man, an hour, an interesting book 等。the 是定 冠词。 一、不定冠词的用法 1、指人或事物的某一种类（泛指）。这是不定冠词 a (an)的基本用法。如：She is a girl. I am a teacher. Please pass me an apple. 2、指某人或某物，但不具体说明何人或何物。如：He borrowed a story-book from the library. A Wang is looking for you. 一位姓王的同志正在找你。 3、表示数量，有“一”的意思，但数的概念没有 one 强烈。如： I have a mouth, a nose and two eyes. 4、用于某些固定词组中。如： a bit, a few, a little, a lot of, a piece of, a cup of, a glass of, a pile of, a pair of, have a good time, for a while, for a long time 等。 5、用在抽象名词前，表具体的介绍——a + 抽象名词，起具体化的作用。如： This little girl is a joy to her parents. 这女孩对她父母来说是一个乐趣。 It is a pleasure to talk with you. 跟您交谈真是一件愉快的事情。 It is an honour to me to attend the meeting. 参加这个会，对我来说是一种荣誉。 二、定冠词的用法： 1、特指某（些）人或某（些）事物。这是定冠词 the 的基本用法。如： Beijing is the capital of China. The pen on the desk is mine. 2、指谈话双方都知道的人或事物。如： Where is the teacher? Open the window, please. 3、指上文提过的人或事物（第二次出现）。如： There was a chair by the window. On the chair sat a young woman with a baby in her arms. The baby was thin. 4、用在世界上独一无二的事物前。如： the earth, the moon, the sun. 5、用在序数词和形容词最高级前。（副词最高级前的定冠词可省略）如： He is always the first to come to school. Bob is the tallest in his class. 6、用在某些专有名词前（由普通名词构成的专用名词）。如： the Great Wall, the Summer Palace, the Science Museum, the Children’s Palace, the Party 等。 7、用在一些习惯用语中。如： on the day, in the morning (afternoon, evening), the day after tomorrow, the day before yesterday, the next year, by the way 等。 8、用在江河湖海、山脉前。如： the Yellow River, the Pacific Ocean, the Alps, the Himalayas 9、用在报刊、杂志前。如： the People’s Daily, the Evening Paper, the Times 泰晤士报。 10、表示某一家人要加定冠词。如： The Browns are at home to receive visitors today. 布朗一家今天要接待客人。 11、用在形容词前，表某一类人。如： the poor, the wounded, the living, the dead, the rich, the sick 等。 12、定冠词可以表示一事物内部的某处。如： The driver always sits in the front of the bus(car). 三、零冠词（即不用冠词）： 1、专用名词和不可数名词前。如： China, America, Grade One, Class Two, milk, oil, water, paper, science 等。 2、名词前已有作定语用的 this, that, my, your, some, any 等代词。如： Go down this street. 3、复数名词表示一类人或事物时。如： We are students. I like reading stories. 4、节日、日期、月份、季节前。如： Teachers’ Day, Children’s Day, National Day, in summer, in July 等。 Today is New Year’s Day. It is Sunday. March 8 is Women’s Day. 5、在称呼语或表示头衔的名词前，尤其作表语、宾补时。如： What’s the matter, Granny? We elected him monitor. 6、在某些习惯用语中的名词前。如： at noon, at night, at first, at last, at most, at least, by bus(train, air, sea), in bed, in time, in front of, go to school, go to bed, go to college, on foot, at table, in ink, in pencil 等。 7、在三餐饭和球类运动前。如： She goes to school after breakfast every morning. We are going to play football. We usually have lunch at school. 8、科目前不加。如： We learn Chinese, maths, English and some other subjects. 【专项训练】： 1、 We can’t live without air. A．an B．× C．the D．some 2、——Have you seen pen? I left it here this morning. ——Is it black one? I think I saw it somewhere. A．a; the B．the; the C．the; a D．a; a 3、I’ve been waiting for him for hour and half. A．×; × B．the; a C．a; the D．an; a 4、What fine weather we have today! A．a B．× C．some D．an 5、Have you ever seen as tall as this one? A．a tree B．such tree C．an tree D．tree 6、Children usually go to school at age of six. A．×; the B．a; an C．the; × D．the; the 7、 Himalayas is highest mountain in world. A．×; the;× B．The; the; the C．A; a; a D．×;×;× 8、They each have __book. Li Hua’s is about writer. Wang Lin’s is on science. A．a; a; × B．the; ×; the C．×; the; × D．a; the; a 9、 Physics is science of matter and energy. A．The; × B．×; × C．×; the D．A; a 10、 sun rises in east and sets in west. A．A; an; a B．The;×;× C．The; the; the D．A; the; a 11、Many people agree that__knowledge of English is a must in international trade today. A．a;× B．the; an C．the; the D．×; the 12、 __Mr Jones called while you were out (neither of us knows this man). He was in bad temper. A．×;a B．A;× C．The; the D．A; a 13、They were at dinner then. It was delicous one. A．a; the B．×;× C．×;a D．a; a 14、what kind of car do you want to buy? A．× B．the C．a D．an 15、Alice is fond of playing piano while Henry is interested in listening to music. A．×; the B．×;× C．the; × D．the; the 16、Beyond stars, the astronaut saw nothing but space. A．the; × B．×; the C．×;× D．the; the 17、Alexander Graham Bell invented telephone in 1876. A．× B．a C．the D．one 18、——Where’s Jack? ——I think he’s still in bed, but he might just be in bathroom. A．×;× B．the; the C．the; × D．×; the 19、Many people are still in habit of writing silly things in public places. A．the; the B．×;× C．the; × D．×; the 20、——I’d like information about the management of your hotel, please. ——Well, you could have word with the manager. He might be helpful. A．some; a B．an; some C．some; some D．an; a 【答案】： 1、B air 是不可数名词。 2、D 此题为 97 年高考题。根据句意，第一空是泛指，第一次出现；第二空仍是泛指， 且表数量“－”。 3、D 元音前用 an。 4、B weather 是不可数名词。 5、A 此题为 85 年高考题。泛指。 6、A go to school 是固定短语。 7、B 山脉、形容词最高级及世界上的唯一的名词前加定冠词。 8、A 第一、二空泛指，第三空，science 是不可数名词。 9、C 第一空，科目前不加冠词；第二空特指，有定语。 10、C 11、A 第一空，a + 不可数名词表具体的介绍；第二空，trade 不可数。 12、D 第一空是指有一位琼斯先生在您不在的时候来访。（括号里说明，我们俩都不 认识这个人，因此不是特指。）第二空是固定短语，情绪不好。 13、C 第一空 at dinner 正在吃饭，固定短语。 14、A 泛指 15、C 此题是 89 年高考题：乐器前加定冠词；music 是不可数名词。 16、A 此题是 90 年高考题：stars 前应加定冠词；space 不可数。 17、C 此题是 91 年高考题：发明应是特指。 18、D 此题是 92 年高考题。in bed 是固定短语，不加冠词。 19、C 此题是 93 年高考题。第一空后有定语，固是特指。第二空， public places,公共 场所，泛指。 20、A 此题是 95 年高考题。information 是不可数名词；have a word with sb.是固定短 语。 二、名词 Nouns 知识要点： 一、名词的种类： 1、专有名词： 1）China, Japan, Beijing, London, Tom, Jack（不加冠词） 2）the Great Wall, the Yellow River, the People’s Republic of China, the United States 等。（由 普通名词构成的专有名词，要加定冠词。） 2、普通名词： 1）不可数名词 物质名词： ， ， ， … 抽象名词： ， ， ， ， … water rice oil paper health trouble work pleasure honor    注意：不可数名词前一般不加冠词，尤不加不定冠词：若加 a(an)则使之具体化了。 如：have a wonderful time. 不可数名词作主语，谓语动词用第三人称单数形式。 不可数名词一般无复数形式。部分物质名词在表不同类别时，可用复数形式。 如：fishes, newspapers, waters, snows…… | | | | 各种各样的鱼 各种报纸 河湖、海水 积雪 有些抽象名词也常用复数，变为可数的具体的事物。如：times 时代，works 著作，difficulties 困难 在表数量时，常用“of”词组来表示。如： a glass of milk, a cup of tea, two pieces of paper…. 2）可数名词： 可数名词除用复数形式表一类之外，一般都要加冠词：A birdcaufly. The frog is a kind of hibernating animal. Vegetables sold at this shop are usually fresh. 有复数形式： a）规则变化——加“s”或“es”（与初中同，略） b）不规则变化——child (children), foot (feet), tooth (teeth), man (men), woman (women), mouse (mice), goose (geese), Englishman (Englishmen), phenomenon(phenomena)… 注意：c）单、复数同形：sheep, deer, Chinese, Japanese, fish（同一种鱼）……。如， a sheep, two sheep d）只用复数形式： thanks, trousers, goods, clothes, socks, shoes,… e）形复实单：physics, politics, maths, news, plastics（塑料），means. f）形单实复：people (人民，人们），the police, cattle 等 g）集合名词如：family, public, group, class 等。当作为整体时，为单数；当作 为整体中的各个成员时，为复数。如： My family is a big one. My family are music lovers. h）复合名词变复数时，a）只把复合名词中的主体各词变为复数形式。如： sister(s)-in-law 嫂子，弟妹；step-son (s)继子；editor (s) -in-chief 总编辑。 b）如没有主体名词则在最后一个词的后面加“s”。如：grown-up(s)成年人， go-between(s)中间人 c）woman, man 作定语时，要与被修饰的名词的数一致。如：a man servant—men servants, a woman doctor—women doctors 二、名词的所有格： 1、表有生命的东西（人或动物）的名词所有格，一般在名词后加“’s”。如：Mike’s bag, Children’s Day, my brother’s room, women’s rights… 注意：1）名词复数的词尾是-s 或-es，它的所有格只在词后加“s”。如：Teachers’ Day, the workers’ rest-home（工人疗养院），the students’ reading-room 2）复合名词的所有格，在后面的词后加“’s”。如：her son-in-law’s photo（她 女婿的照片）；anybody else’s book（其他任何人的书） 3）如果一样东西为两人或两人以上共有，则在最后的一个名词后面加“’s”； 如果不是共有，则每个词后都要加“’s”。如：Jane and Helen’s room. 珍妮和 海伦的房间（共有）. Bill’s and Tom’s radios. 比尔的收音机和汤姆的 收音机（不共有） 4）表地点（店铺，某人的家等）的名词所有格后面，一般省去它所修饰的名词。 如： the tailor’s (裁缝铺) the doctor’s (诊所) Mr Brown’s (布朗先生的家) 5）有些表时间、距离、国家、城镇的无生命的名词，也可加“’s”表所有格。 如：half an hour’s walk (半小时的路程) China’s agriculture (中国的农业) 2、表示无生命的东西的名词一般与 of 构成词组，表示所有格。如：the cover of the book 3、表示有生命的东西的名词也可以用 of，特别是名词较长，有较多的定语时。如： the story of Dr Norman Bethune Do you know the name of the boy standing at the gate? 4、“of 词组+所有格”的用法： 在表示所属物的名词前有冠词、数词、不定代词或指示代词（如：a, two, some, a few, this, that, these, those 等）时，常用“of 词组+所有格”的形式来表示所有关系。如： a friend of my father’s 我父亲的一位朋友。 some inventions of Edison’s 爱迪生的一些发明 those exercise-books of the students’ 学生们的那些练习本。 【专项训练】： 1、There are only twelve in the hospital. A．woman doctors B．women doctors C．women doctor D．woman doctor 2、Mr Smith has two , both of whom are teachers in a school. A．brothers-in-law B．brother-in-laws C．brothers-in-laws D．brothers-in law 3、——How many does a cow have? ——Four. A．stomachesB．stomach C．stomachs D．stomachies 4、Some visited our school last Wednesday. A．German B．Germen C．Germans D．Germens 5、The of the building are covered with lots of . A．roofs; leaves B．rooves; leafs C．roof; leaf D．roofs; leafs 6、When the farmer returned home he found three missing. A．sheeps B．sheepes C．sheep D．sheepies 7、That was a fifty engine. A．horse power B．horses power C．horse powers D．horses powers 8、My father often gives me . A．many advice B．much advice C．a lot of advices D．a few advice 9、Mary broke a while she was washing up. A．tea cup B．a cup of tea C．tea’s cup D．cup tea 10、Can you give us some about the writer? A．informations B．information C．piece of informations D．pieces information 11、I had a cup of and two pieces of this morning. A．teas; bread B．teas; breads C．tea; breads D．tea; bread 12、As is known to us all, travels much faster than . A．lights; sounds B．light; sound C．sound; light D．sounds; lights 13、She told him of all her and . A．hope; fear B．hopes; fear C．hopes; fears D．hope; fears 14、The rising did a lot of to the crops. A．water; harm B．water; harms C．waters; harm D．waters; harms 15、——How far away is it from here to your school? ——It’s about . A．half an hour’s drive B．half hours drives C．half an hour drives D．half an hour drive 16、The shirt isn’t mine. It’s . A．Mrs Smith B．Mrs’ Smith C．Mrs Smiths’ D．Mrs Smith’s 17、Miss Johnson is a friend of . A．Mary’s mother B．Mary’s mothers’ C．Mary mother’s D．Mary’s mother’s 18、Last week I called at my . A．aunt B．aunts C．aunt’s D．auntes’ 19、The beach is a throw. A．stone B．stones C．stones’ D．stone’s 20、I can hardly imagine sailing across the Atlantic Ocean in five days. A．Peter’ B．Peter C．Peters D．Peters’ 【答案】： 1、B 2、A 3、C stomach（胃）虽是“ch”结尾，但其发音为[k]，所以加“s”，不用加“es”。 4、C 5、A roof, chief, gulf, belief 等词的复数形式，直接加“s”。 6、C 7、A 名词作定语一般不用复数。 8、B 9、A 根据句意，打破的应是杯子，而不是茶；名词作定语表类别不用加“’s”。 10、B 11、D 12、B 13、C 14、C 15、A 16、D 根据上句，此处应是史密斯太太的衬衫。 17、D 18、C 19、D a stone’s throw 是固定短语，意为“近在咫尺”。 20、B 此句中 Peter 作动名词 sailing 的所有格，本应用 Peter’s，但因其在动词后作宾 语，所以可用宾格，因此 B 为正确答案。 三、主谓一致 Agreement 知识要点： 在英语的句子中，谓语动词的形式应与主语的人称和数保持一致。如何判定，则要看句 子的意思。多数情况下，根据句子的主语形式就能判定，但有的则要看整句的意思，及强调 的内容。下面我们就常用的、易混的几种情况作一下解释。 1、以单数名词或代词、不定式、动名词短语或从句作主语时，谓语动词要用单数形式。 如： 1）The book is on the table. 2）He is reading English. 3）To work hard is necessary.（It is necessary to work hard.） 4）How you get there is a problem. 2、复数主语跟复数动词。如： Children like to play toys. 3、在倒装句中，动词的数应和它后面的主语的数一致。如以 here,there 开头，be 动词 与后面第一个名词一致。如： 1）There is a dog near the door. 2）There were no schools in this area before liberation. 3）Here comes the bus. 4）On the wall were two famous paintings. 5）Here is Mr Brown and his children. 4、and 连接两个或两个以上的并列主语时，谓语动词用复数。如果主语后跟有 with, together with, except, but, perhaps , like, including, as well as, no less than, more than, rather than 等引起的短语，谓语动词仍与短语前的主语的形式保持一致。如： 1）Jane, Mary and I are good friends. 2）He and my father work in the same factory. 3）His sister, no less than you, is wrong. 4）The father, rather than the brothers, is responsible for the accident. 5）He, like you and Xiao Liu is very diligent. 6）Every picture except these two has been sold. 7）Alice with her parents often goes to the park on Sundays. 8）Alice as well as her friends was invited to the concert. 9）Nobody but Mary and I was in the classroom at that time. 5、并列主语如果指的是同一个人、同一事物或同一概念时，谓语动词用单数，and 后 面的名词没有冠词。如： 1）The writer and worker is coming to our school tomorrow. 这位工人作家明天要来我们学校。 2）Bread and butter is their daily food. 面包和黄油是他们每日的食品。 3）The writer and the worker are coming to our school tomorrow. 那位作家和那位工人明天将来我们学校。（两个人） 6、and 连接的并列单数名词前如有 each, every, no, many a 修饰时，谓语动词要用单数 形式。如： 1）Every boy and girl has been invited to the party. 所有的孩子都被邀请参加这次聚会。 2）No teacher and no student is absent today. 今天没有老师和学生缺席。 3）Many a student is busy with their lessons. 许许多多的学生都忙着复习他们的功课。 7、each, either, one, another, the other, neither 作主语时，谓语动词用单数形式。如： 1）Each takes a cup of tea. 2）Either is correct. 3）Neither of them likes this picture. 8、由 every, some, any, no 构成的合成代词作主语时，谓语动词用单数形式。如： 1）Is everyone here? 2）Nothing is to be done. 没有什么要干的事儿了。 9、关系代词 who, that, which 等在定语从句中作主语时，其谓语动词的数应与句中先行 词的数一致。如： 1）Those who want to go please sign their names here. 2）Anyone who is against this opinion may speak out. 3）He is one of the students who were praised at the meeting. 10、表示时间、距离、价格、度量衡等的复数名词或短语作为一个整体看待时，其谓语 动词常用单数形式。如： 1）Three years is not a long time. 2）Ten dollars is what he needs. 3）Five hundred miles is a long distance. 11、复数形式的专有名词作为整体看待（如人名、地点、国家、组织、书籍、报刊等）， 动词用单数形式。如： 1）The United States is in North America. 2）The United Nations has passed a resolution(决议)。 3）“The Arabian Nights”（《天方夜谭》）is an interesting book. 12、有些集体名词如 family, team, group, class, audience（听众，观众），government 等 作主语时，如看作是一个整体，谓语动词则用单数形式；如强调各个成员时，谓语动词要用 复数形式。如： 1）My family is going to have a long journey. 我家要进行一次长途旅行。 2）My family are fond of music. 我家人都喜欢音乐。 3）The class has won the honour. 这班获得了荣誉。 4）The class were jumping for joy. 全班同学都高兴得跳了起来。 13、all, more, most, some, any, none, half, the rest 等作主语时，既可表示复数意义，也可 表示单数意义，谓语动词要根据实际情况而定。如： 1）All of the apple is rotten. 整个苹果都烂了。 2）All of the apples are rotten. 所有的苹果都烂了。 3）Most of the wood was used to make furniture (家具)。 14、the + 形容词（或分词）作主语时，常指一类人，谓语动词用复数形式。如指的是 抽象概念，谓语动词则用单数形式。如： 1）The young are usually very active. 年轻人通常是很活跃的。 2）The wounded are being taken good care of here now. 现在伤病员们在这里受到了很好照顾。 15、or, either…or…, neither…nor…, whether…or, not only…but (also)连接的是主语，谓 语动词与后一个主语一致。如： 1）Either you or I am going to the movies. 2）Not only you but also he is wrong. 16、不可数名词没有复数形式，作主语时，谓语动词用单数形式。如： 1）Water is a kind of matter. 2）The news at six o’clock is true. 17、集合名词如：people, police ,cattle 等作主语，谓语动词用复数形式。如： 1）The police are searching for him. 2）The cattle are grassing (吃草)。 18、population 当人口讲时，谓语动词用单数形式；当人们讲时，谓语动词用复数。如： 1）The population of China is larger than that of Japan. 2）One third of the population here are workers. 19、the number of + 名词复数，是表示“…的数字”，作主语时，谓语动词用单数形式； a (large / great) number of + 名词复数，表示许多，作主语时；谓语动词用复数形式。 1）The number of the students in our school is increasing year after year. 2）A number of students have gone for an outing. 20、means, politics, physics, plastics 等作主语时，谓语动词用单数形式。 【专项训练】 1、Nothing but cars in the shop. A．is sold B．are sold C．were sold D．are going to sell 2、No one except Jack and Tom the answer. A．know B．knows C．is knowing D．are known 3、Seventy percent of the students in our school from the countryside. A．is B．are C．comes D．are coming 4、 of the money used up. A．Three-five, are B．Three-fifths, have been C．Three-fifths, has been D．Third-fifths, is 5、The number of the people who cars increasing. A．owns, are B．owns, is C．own, is D．own, are 6、One of Marx’s works written in English in the 1860s. A．was B．were C．would be D．are 7、The sheets for your bed washing. A．needs B．are needing C．want D．are wanting 8、On each side of the street a lot of trees. A．stands B．grow C．is standing D．are grown 9、Some person calling for you at the gate. A．are B．is C．is being D．will be 10、All that can be eaten eaten up. A．are being B．has been C．had been D．have been 11、Tom’s teacher and friend Mr. Smith. A．are B．is C．are being D．has 12、Your new clothes fit you, but mine me. A．doesn’t fit B．don’t fit C．doesn’t fit for D．don’t fit for 13、Neither he nor I for the plan. A．am B．are C．is D．were 14、Many a student that mistake before. A．has made B．have madeC．has been made D．had made 15、Peter, perhaps John, playing with the little dog. A．is B．are C．were D．seems 16、Laying eggs the ant queen’s full-time job. A．is B．are C．has D．have 17、Between the two buildings a monument. A．stand B．stands C．standing D．is standing 18、I, who your good friend, will share your joys and sorrow. A．am B．is C．are D．was 19、The United Nations in 1945. A．were found B．were founded C．was founded D．was found 20、 were also invited to the party. A．Mr Smith B．The Smith C．The Smiths D．Smiths 21、The glass works in 1959. A．were set up B．was set up C．were put up D．were built 22、Three hours with your girl friend to be a short time. A．seem B．seems C．is seeming D．has seemed 23、It was reported that six including a boy. A．was killed B．were killedC．was killing D．had killed 24、The police a prisoner. A．is searching for B．are searching forC．is searching D．are searched for 25、Deer faster than dogs. A．run B．runs C．are running D．will run 26、The wounded good care of here now. A．is taken B．are being taken C．are taking D．is taking 27、The whole class greatly moved at his words. A．was B．were C．had D．is 28、Over 80 percent of the population of China peasants. A．was B．is C．are D．will be 29、There a knife and fork on the table. A．seems to be B．seem to be C．is seeming to be D．are 30、Those who singing may join us. A．are liking B．likes C．enjoy D．is fond of 31、His family music lovers. A．all are B．are all C．is D．are being 32、A professor and a writer present at the meeting. A．was B．is C．were D．had been 33、The pair of shoes worn out. A．was B．were C．have been D．had been 34、The students in our school each an English dictionary. A．have B．has C．had D．are having 35、More than one answer to the question. A．have been given B．has been given C．were givenD．had given 36、The boy sitting by the window is the only one of the students who from the countryside in our school. A．are B．is C．were D．was 37、Our family a happy one. A．is B．are C．was D．were 38、Most of the mistakes because of carelessness. A．were made B．are made C．has been made D．were making 39、Most of his time in reading novels. A．are spent B．is spent C．were spent D．was spending 40、The rest of the novel very interesting. A．were B．are C．is D．seem 41、I know that all getting on well with her. A．was B．is C．are D．were 42、When and where this took place still unknown. A．are B．were C．is D．has 43、Not only the workers but also the machine not there. A．are B．were C．is D．has 44、Very few his address in the town. A．knows B．know C．are knowing D．has known 45、Ten thousand dollars a large sum of money. A．are B．is C．were D．seem 46、Twenty miles a long way to cover. A．were B．are C．is D．seem to be 47、Nine plus three twelve. A．makes B．make C．is making D．are making 48、There are two roads and either to the station. A．leads B．lead C．are leading D．is leading 49、My father, together with some of his old friends, there already. A．have been B．has been C．had been D．will be 50、My family as well as I glad to see you. A．am B．are C．is D．was 【答案】： 1、A 因有连词 but，所以谓语形式跟 Nothing 一致，用第三人称单数。见讲解 4。 2、B 同上 3、B 见讲解 2。 4、C 见讲解 16。 5、C 定语从句看被修饰的先行词：the number of 作主语用单数形式。见讲解 9，19。 6、A 见讲解 1。 7、C 见讲解 2。 8、B 倒装句，要看后面的主语。见讲解 3。 9、B some person 指“某人”是第三人称单数。见讲解 13。 10、B 主语“all”指的是“food”，所以代不可数名词，是第三人称单数。见讲解 13。 11、B Tom’s teacher and friend，因 friend 前没有冠词，所以实际指的是同一个人。 见讲解 5。 12、B 根据前一分句的意思，第二分句中的 mine 指的是“my new clothes”，因 此 主语是复数。 13、A neither…nor…连接主语，动词与后面的主语保持一致。见讲解 15。 14、A 见讲解 6。 15、A 见讲解 4。 16、A 见讲解 1，动名词作主语。 17、 B 倒装，见讲解 3。 18、A 见讲解 9。 19、C 见讲解 11。 20、C 因谓语动词是复数，所主语应是复，The Smiths 是指史密斯一家人。 21、B works 在此句中是指工厂，所以是单数。 22、B 见讲解 10。 23、B six 在这儿指的是人，因此用复数形式。 24、B 见讲解 17。 25、A deer, sheep 是单、复数同形，根据后面的 dogs，前面的 deer 应是复数（单 数前应有 a）。 26、B 见讲解 14。 27、B 见讲解 12，因人才能受感动，所以 the whole class 是指全班的成员。 28、C 见讲解 18。 29、A 见讲解 5。刀、叉是一副而 论，所以看作单数。 30、C 见讲解 9。 31、B 见讲解 12。 32、C 见讲解 4，注 意与第 11 题比较。 33、A 因此句主语是 pair，所以用单数。 34、A 因此句主语是 the students，所以用复数。如果 each 作主语，谓语动词则用 第三人称单数形式。如：Each of the students / Each student has an English dictionary. 35、B 此句中的主语是 one answer，所以谓语动词应与它保持一致。 36、B 根据句意，这个男孩是学校中唯一来自农村的学生，自然后面的定语从句 的 主语是单数，所以谓语动词用单数形式，又因主从句时态保持一致，故 B 是 唯 一 正确答案。 37、A 见讲解 12。 38、A 见讲解 2。39、B 见讲解 16。 40、C 这部小说的剩余部分，还没超出“一”，用单数。 41、C 见讲解 13，不定代词 all 在此句中代“与她相处的人”，所以是复数。 42、C 见讲解 1，when and where this took place 是一个从句。 43、C 见讲解 15。 44、B few 在此代人，是复数。 45、B 见讲解 10。 46、C 同上。 47、A 同上。 48、A 见讲解 7。 49、B 见讲解 4。 50、 B 同上。 四、虚 拟 语 气 虚拟语气分三种情况来掌握： 1、虚拟条件句。 2、名词性虚拟语气。 3、虚拟语气的其他用语。 一、虚拟条件句： 条件状语从句是非真实情况，在这种情况下要用虚拟语气。 1、条件从句与现在事实不一致，其句型为： If 主语＋过去时，主语＋should（could, would, 或 might）＋动词原形，如： If I were you, I would study hard. If it rained, I would not be here now. 2、条件从句与过去事实不一致，句型为： If 主语＋had＋过去分词，主语＋should（could, would, 或 might）＋have＋过去分词， 如： If the doctor had come last night, the boy would have saved. If I had not studied hard, I would have failed in the exam last term. 3、条件从句与将来事实不一致，句型为： If should were to 主语＋    ＋do，主语＋should（could…）＋ 原形 do 过去时（与现在事实条件句一样）。 If it should rain tomorrow, we would stay at home. If I were to go to the moon one day, I could see it with my own eyes. If you missed the film to night, you would feel sorry. 注意问题： 1、If 条件句中绝对不可出现“would”。 2、根据句中的时间状语，有时可能出现“混合虚拟”的情况，即主句可能是现在的情 况，条件句也许是发生在过去的情况，但都是遵守上述句型。 3、在条件句中如果出现 were, had, should 可省去 if，将主语与这些词倒装，例如： Had the doctor come last night, the boy would have saved. Were I to go to the moon one day, I would see it with my own eyes. Should it rain tomorrow, we would stay at home. 二、名词性虚拟语气： 在表示命令、建议要求、惊叹时的名词性从句中需用虚拟语气，基本句型： 主语＋（should）＋动词原形，如： Mother insisted that John go to bed at 9 o’clock.（宾语从句） We suggested that the meeting should not be held. It was required that the crops should be harvested at once.（主语从句） The suggestion that he be invited was rejected.（同位语从句） That is their demand that their wages be increased.（表语从句） 注意：在这种句子中绝不出现“would”“must”“could”等。 三、虚拟语气在一些特殊词中的使用或含蓄条件句： 1、wish 后的宾语从句： 与现在愿望不一致 主语＋过去时； 与过去愿望不一致 主语＋had＋过去分词； 与未来愿望不一致 主语＋would（could）＋原形。 I wish I were you. I wish I had visited the white House when I was in the states. I wish I met you tomorrow at the party. 2、It’s time 句型：当 It’s time 后用 that 从句时应该为： 主语＋should＋原形 或 主语＋过去时，例如： It’s time that you went to school. 或 It’s time that you should go to school. 3、If only 引起的感叹句相当于“How I wish＋宾语从句” If only he could come! 他要能来就好了。 If only I had known the answer! 我要早知答案就好了。 4、would rather, as if（though）引导的句子也需使用虚拟，表示过去的情况用过去完成 时，表示现在与将来的情况用过去时，如： I’d rather you posted the letter right away. I’d rather you had returned the book yesterday. She loves the children as if they were hers. Alan talked about Rome as if he had been there. 5、without, but, but for, otherwise 引起的短语或句子常暗含着含蓄条件。 Without you, I would never know him. But for your cooperation, we wouldn’t have done the work so well. But that she was afraid, she would have said no. I would be most glad to help you, but I’ am busy now. I would have come to the party yesterday, but I was working. I am busy now, otherwise I would do you the favor! 【专项训练】 1、It is important that a college student a foreign language. A．will master B．master C．masters D．would master 2、It is strange that she without saying a word. A．should have gone out B．went C．should go out D．goes out 3、If my lawyer here last Saturday, he me from going. A．had been, would have prevented B．had been, would prevent C．were, would prevent D．were, would have prevent 4、 ——“He is a brave man.” ——“Yes, I wish I his courage.” A．have B．had C．will have D．may have 5、If it rain, the crops would be saved. A．should B．will C．is going to D．was to 6、He ordered that the medicine by a special plane. A．was sent B．would be sent C．should send D．be sent 7、If you the medicine, you better now. A．took, would feel B．had taken, felt C．had taken, would feel D．took, would have felt 8、She is my sister, but she often acts as if my mother. A．is B．was C．were D．had been 9、I went to bed early last night, but I wish I so. A．didn’t do B．hadn’t do C．haven’t done D．couldn’t do 10、I’d rather he tomorrow afternoon. A．will come B．comes C．coming D．came 答案： 1、B 2、A 3、A 4、B 5、A 6、D 7、C 8、C 9、B 10、D 五、倒装句 英语的基本句型是主语 + 谓语。如果将主语与谓语调换, 称倒装句。倒装句分全倒装 句和半倒装句。 一、 全倒装: 主语与谓语交换位置不需任何助动词, 叫全倒装。全倒装有以下三种 情况: 1、当 here, there, out, in, up, down 等副词放在句首时, 句子需全倒装: There goes the bell! 铃响了！ There lived an old man. Here comes the bus. 注意: ①在这种情况下倒装仅限于不及物动词或 be 动词, 像 go, come, mush 等。 ②主语如果是代词时不需倒装如 Away he went. 他走远了。 2、方位状语在句首, 如: In front of the house stopped a police car. Nearby were two canoes in which they had come to the island. Under the tree sat a boy. 3 、直接引语在句首, 这种情况可倒装也可不倒装 "What does it mean?" asked the boy 或 the boy asked. 二、半倒装: 主语与谓语的助动词交换位置称半倒装, 有以下数种情况: 1、 否定意义的词在句首, 句子半倒装, 例如: little, never, not, no, hardly, rarely, seldom Never shall I forget you. At no time was the man aware of what was happening. Little did I understand what he said to me at that time. 2、 几对并列连词如 not only…but also, hardly… when 等连接两个并列句, 连词 在句首, 前句半倒装, 后句不倒装: Not only was everything he had taker away from him, but also his German citizenship was taken away. No sooner had I got to the bus stop than the bus started. 注意: ①not only…but also 连接两个并列主语时不需倒装, 如: Not only you but also I like playing chess. ②neither…nor 在句首时, 前后两句都需倒装, Neither do I have a sister nor does my husband. 3、only 在句首强调状语, 主句半倒装: Only then did I realize that I was wrong. Only in this way can I learn from my fault. Only when the war was over in 1918, was he able to get back to work. 注意: only 强调主语不倒装: Only the teachers can use the room. 4、so…that 句型, so 在句首时, 主句倒装, that 从句不倒装: So easy is it that a clild can learn it. So hard did he work that he finally won the fame. I saw the film, so did he. 1、倒装句（Inversion） 英语的基本语序是“主语+谓语”。如果将谓语的全部或一部分放在主语之前，这种语序 称为“倒装”。 一、倒装的类型 类型 例 句 说 明 完 全 倒 装 Out rushed the students to welcome the foreign friends. 学生们涌出去欢迎外国朋友。 整个谓语移至主语 之前。 部 分 倒 装 Seldom does he go to school late. 他上学很少迟到。 只把系动词，情态 动词，助动词或表 语放在主语之前。 二、倒装结构的基本用法 1、由于语法结构的需要而使用的倒装 情 况 例 句 说 明 疑 问 Have you got a dictionary? 你有一本字典吗？ Where did he go last Monday? 上星期一他去什么地方了？ Are you listening to the radio? 用完全或部分倒 装，但以疑问词或 疑问词修饰的名 词作主语的疑问 句要用正常语序。 情 况 例 句 说 明 句 中 你在听广播吗？ Who told you the news? 谁告诉你那个消息的？ Which boy broke this glass? 哪个男孩子把这个玻璃打破了？ “ there be”结构中 There are three wells in our village. 我们村里有三口水井。 There stands a big paper making factory by the river. 河边有座大型造纸厂。 在 以 here, there, now, then, in, away, up down 等 副 词 开 头 的 句子中 Here is a letter for you. 这儿有你一封信。 There goes the bell. 铃响了。 Now comes your turn to play. 现在轮到你玩了。 Away went the crowd one by one . 人们一个一个地离去。 Look, there he comes! 看，他来了。 Down she went 她下来了。 使用完全倒装结 构。 但如果主语是代 词则用正常语序。 在 以 neither nor 或 no more 开 头 的 句 子中 I can’t swim, nor (neither)can she . 我不会游泳，她也不会。 He hasn’t been to the countryside, neither does he want to go there. 他没有去过农村，他也不想去那里。 He did not turn up. No more did his wife. 他没有来，他妻子也没有来。 表示……也不这 样，neither 和 nor 意思相同，可以替 换使用，no more 表示动作的程度 并不比前面提到 的稍强。意为也 不…。 用在 as（尽 管）引导的 让 步 状 语 从句中 Proud as the nobles are ,he is afraid to see me . 尽管这些贵族很傲慢，他却害怕见我。 Young as he is, he knows a lot . 虽然他年轻，却知道很多东西。 从属连句 as 用于 特殊语序，含义与 though, although 相同，但“as”这 种结构可表示非 常强烈的对照，必 须用倒装（表语提 前） 2、为了加强语气而使用的倒装。（使句子更加流畅，更加生动） 情 况 例 句 说 明 含有否定 意义的副 词或连词 放在句首 Never before have we seen such a sight. 以前我们从来没有见过这样的情景。 Little did I think that he could be back alive. 我没有想到他竟能活着回来。 常 用 否 定 词 有 ： never,not,hardly, scarcely seldom, little, not until, not only…but 情 况 例 句 说 明 时 Not until New Year’s Day shall I give you a gift. 我要到元旦那天才能给你礼物。 Not only was everything that he had taken away from him, but also his German citizenship. 不仅他所有的一切被没收了，而且连他的德国 公民权也被剥夺了。 also, no sooner …than, hardly (scarcely)…when 等。一般主句用部分倒 装结构。 副 词 only 放在句首 时 Only then did he realize his mistakes . 只有在那时，他才认识到自己的错误。 Only in this way can you learn maths well . 只有用这种方法，你才能学好数学。 Only Mother can understand me . 只有母亲最理解我。 Only three of us failed in the exam. 我们中只有三个人考试不及格。 only 起强调作用，其句 型为“only +状语+部分 倒装”。 如置于句首的 only 修饰 主语，则不用倒装结构。 虚拟语气 条件从句 中 Were they here, they would help us . 他们要是在这儿，他们会帮助我们的。 Had I been informed earlier. I could have done something. 我要是早得到通知，我就能干事了。 Should you fail, take more pain and try again. 万一你失败了，就要更加刻苦，重新再干。 把 从 句 中 if 省 略 将 were，had 或 should 放 在主语的前面。 直接引语 的全部或 一部分放 在句首时 “He is a clever boy”said the teacher. 老师说：“他是个聪明的孩子。” “Go, Dick, go!”cried Tom,“Go home and get help”“走，狄克，走！”汤姆呼喊着，“快回 家去求援” “What do you think of the film? ”he asked. 他问“你认为这部电影怎么样？” “I’m leaving for Hongkong next month”Mary told me yesterday. 玛利告诉我“我下月要去香港”。 主句主语和谓语次序颠 倒，用完全倒装。 但如果主句主语为代词 时 或 谓语 部 分 比 主 语 长，一般不用倒装。 表示祝愿 的句子中 May you succeed! 祝你成功。 Long live the Communist Party of China. 中国共产党万岁！ 谓语动词或谓语的一部 分放在主语的前面。 副词 so 在 句首 He is interested in pop-songs, and so am I . 他对流行歌曲感兴趣，我也如此。 They will learn chemistry next term, so will I . 他们下学期学化学，我也学。 I can drive a car, so can my younger brother. 我会开汽车，我弟弟也会开车。 表示前面所说的情况也 适合于另一个人或另一 事物的肯定句中。 —Tom won the first prize for the English competition. －So he did. 如果后面的句子只是单 纯重复前句的意思，不 表示也适用于另一人或 情 况 例 句 说 明 英语竞赛汤姆获得了一等奖。确实如此。 It was cold yesterday. So it was . 昨天天气冷。的确冷。 事，则不用倒装结构。 在频度状 语 often, always, many a time 等开 头的句子 中 Often did we warn them not to do so. 我们曾多次警告他们不要这样做。 Many a time has she helped me with my English. 她不止一次地帮助或学习英语。 在方式状 语 thus 开 头的句子 中及程度 状语 so 放 句首 Thus ended his life.这样结束了他的生命。 So loudly did he speak that even people in the next room could hear him . 他讲话的声音那样大，连隔壁屋子里的人都听 得见。 介词短语 作状语， 放在句首 In the middle of the room stood a little girl. 在房间中央站着一个小女孩。 In the distance was a horse. 马在远处。 在强调表 语的句子 中 Such was Albert Einstein, a simple man of great achievements. 阿尔伯特·曼因斯坦就是这样一个人，一个纯 朴而又取得巨大成就的人。 Such is life. 生活就是这样。 Nearby were two canoes in which they had come to the island. 附近有两只他们来这个岛乘坐的独木船。 表语提前，不仅为了强 调，而且为了使句子结 构达到平衡协调，或使 上下文紧密衔接。 【专项训练】 Ⅰ、选择填空 1、 that we all went out, lying in the sun. A．The weather so fine was B．So fine was the weather C．So the weather was fine D．So was fine weather 2、Under his arm a pair of shoes which he had bought from the shop a few days before. A．is B．are C．was D．were 3、 who had arrested him three times for carrying drugs. A．Before George stood the policeman B．Before George the policeman stood C．Before the policeman stood George D．Before George did the policeman 4、Then we had been looking forward to . A．came the hour B．the hour came C．comes the hour D．the hour is coming 5、Only when he started to explain the reason for this. A．she realized B．did she realize C．she had realized D．had she realized 6、 succeed in doing anything. A．Only by working hard we can B．By only working hard we can C．Only by working hard can we D．Only we can by working hard 7、Not for a moment the truth of your story. A．he has doubted B．he doubts C．did he doubt D．he did doubt 8、Nowhere else in the world cheaper tailoring than in Hong Kong. A．a tourist can find B．can a tourist find C．a tourist will find D．a tourist has found 9、Hardly when the bus suddenly pulled away. A．they had got to the bus-stop B．they got to the bus-stop C．did they get to the bus-stop D．had they got to the bus -stop 10、Mary doesn’t speak French, and does Joan. A．not B．neither C．either D．so 11、—Do you know Jim quarrelled with his brother? —I don’t know, . A．nor don’t I care B．nor do I care C．I don’t care neither D．I don’t care also 12、Not until the early years of the 19th century what heat is. A．man did know B．man knew C．didn’t man know D．did man know 13、After that we never saw her again nor from her. A．did we hear B．we heard C．had we heard D．we have heard 14、John won the first prize in the contest. . A．So he did. B．So did he. C．So he did, too. D．So did he, too. 15、 ,he doesn’t study well. A．As he is clever B．He is as clever C．Clever as he is D．As clever he is 16、You can never use my tape recorder. time should you touch that machine. A．At no B．At any C．Any D．No 17、Scarcely the room the phone rang. A．I had entered…when B．Had I entered…then C．had I entered…when D．have I entered…when 18、Only save his life. A．can the doctor B．the doctor can C．will the doctor D．could the doctor 19、Hardly anybody the boy , because he is rude. A．does like B．likes C．do like D．like 20、So well that the teacher praised her. A．she had done her homework B．her homework had been done C．did she do her homework D．she did her homework 21、Only when to know him will you get along with him. A．do you come B．will you come C．you come D．you will come 22、Out , gun in hand. A．did he rush B．rushed he C．he rushed D．had he rushed 23、He had promised me to come to the party ,and . A．so did he B．so he did C．so he would D．so would he 24、Into the sky the light blue smoke. A．went up B．up went C．did go up D．had gone up 25、Little about his own life at the meeting. A．did he talk B．he talked C．he was talking D．had he talked 26、Under no circumstances first use nuclear weapons. A．will China B．China will C．does China D．do China 27、 taken that examination, she could have passed it . A．Were she B．Had she be able to C．If she would have D．Had she 28、 tomorrow , we would put off the match till next Monday. A．Should it rained B．Were it to rain C．If it would rain D．Had it rained 29、Look, here . A．Mr. Brown comes B．does Mr. Brown come C．comes Mr. Brown D．Mr. Brown has come 30、Often us good advice. A．did she give B．she did give C．she gave D．she has given 31、Not until I began to work how much time I had wasted. A．didn’t I realize B．did I realize C．I didn’t realize D．I realize 32、Little about his own safety , though he was in great danger himself. A．does he care B．did he care C．he cares D．he cared 33、 began our new lesson. A．But B．Thus C．Such D．So that 34、By no means look down upon the poor. A．we should B．we should not C．do we D．should we 35、Only when 30 years old to learn English. A．was he , did he begin B．he was , he began C．was he , he began D．he was ,did he begin 36、Not once their plan. A．did they change B．they changed C．changed they D．they did changed 37、“It’s very hot today.”“ .” A．So it is B．So is it C．So does it D．So it does 38、A fish needs water and without water it will die. A．So does a man B．So will a man C．So it is with a man D．So is it with a man 39、They arrived at the farmhouse, in front of which . A．sat a small boy B．a small boy sat C．is sitting a small boy D．a small boy sitting 40、Society has changed and in it . A．so have the people B．so the people have C．the people have so D．have the people so Ⅱ、改错 41、Only when was he 50 years old did he begin to learn French. 42、Little she knew Tom was was badly ill 43、Turn to the right and there are you. 44、And all around the fox in a circle was dogs. 45、—You can learn English well. —So can we. 46、I dare climb this tall tree, but do you? 47、Not once he kept his promise. 48、Many a time he has given us some good advice. 49、Such a noise there was that I couldn’t work in the room. 50、Only does my mother understand me. 【答案】： Ⅰ、 1、B 2、C 3、A 4、A 5、B 6、C 7、C 8、B 9、D 10、B 11、B 12、D 13、A 14、A 15、C 16、A 17、C 18、B 19、B 20、C 21、C 22、C 23、B 24、A 25、A 26、A 27、D 28、B 29、C 30、A 31、B 32、B 33、B 34、D 35、D 36、A 37、A 38、C 39、A 40、A Ⅱ、 41、was he —he was 倒装主句不倒装从句。 42、She knew—did she know 此句为半倒装句。 43、are you —you are 此句为全部倒装句如主语是代词则不倒装。 44、was—were 主语是 dogs 。 45、so we can 主语 we 与上一句中的主语 you 所指相同故不同倒装。 46、do you—dare you 前面句中用情态，后面要呼应。 47、he kept—did he keep 48、he has—has he 49、 50、去掉 does，将 understand 改为 understands。only 后面跟状语倒装，后跟主语不倒 装。 六、并列句 知识要点： 1、熟悉并掌握并列句的结构和常用的并列词的用法； 2、注意 while, when 和 for 等作并列连词的用法。 什么叫并列句： 由两个或两个以上的简单句并列连接起来的句子叫并列句。 并列句的基本句型： 简单句 + 并列连词 + 简单句 类型 说明 连接词 例 句 并 并列关系 (联合关系) and, not only… but(also), neither…nor 等 I help him and he helps me. 我帮助他，他也帮助我。 Not only did we write to her but also we telegraphed her. 我们不仅给她写信而且还给她发了电报。 Neither I would consult him nor he would ask me for advice. 我不想与他商量，他也不会征求我的意见。 列 转折关系 but, yet, still, while, however, when 等 He failed many times, but he didn’t despair. 他失败多次 但并没有气馁。 She has difficulty in learning English, however, she works hard and is making rapid progress. 她学习英语有困难，然后 她学习努力，进步很快。 选择关系 or, otherwise or else, either…or We must hurry, or we’ll miss the train. 我们必须快点，否 则会赶不上火车。 Either you come to my place or I go to yours. 或者你到我 这儿来，或者我到你那去。 句 因果关系 for, so, thus, therefore, and so We had better stay at home, for it was raining. 我们最好 呆在家里，因为天正在下雨。 He didn’t work hard, therefore he failed in the examination. 他学习不努力，因此这次考试不及格。 有时也可不用 连词，而用逗 号，分号或冒号 Hurry up, it’s getting dark. 快点，天要黑了。 Let’s start early, we have a long way to go. 我们要早动身， 因为路很远。 注意： （1）yet 和 still 是连接副词，也叫半连接词。它们是副词。又起连接作用，但不如 and, but, or 等强，用了 yet 或 still，前面还可加 and 或 but。 He is tired, (but) still he will make another experiment. 他很累，但他仍然要做另一个实 验。 I got up very early, (and) yet I failed to catch the first bus. 我起得很早，然而还是没有赶上 头班车。 （2）while 意义相当于 at the same time 表示相反和对照，常用来连接两个意义对立的 分句。 I like football, while my sister likes basketball. 我喜欢足球，而我姐姐喜欢篮球。 when = and then, just then 或 at that time, during the time. We were ready to rush away, when the snake moved. 我们正准备离开，这时蛇移动了。 while 和 when 作为并列连词使用时常是放在第二个分句前边，并有逗号和第一分句隔 开。 3、for 表示附加或推断的理由、原因。therefore 比 so 更正式，and so 比较口语化。 【专项训练】： 一、用适当的并列连词填空： 1、He couldn’t know the truth about me, he wouldn’t treat me like this. 2、The bell is ringing the lesson is over. 3、Although he was ill, he kept on working. 4、I can’t make up my mind we will go to Shanghai we will stay in our city. 5、He doesn’t talk much, he thinks a lot. 6、It must have rained last night the ground is still wet. 7、The president will visit the town in May he will open the new hospital. 8、Jane was dressed in green Mary was dressed in blue. 9、 he did not speak distinctly I did not hear it clearly. 10、He is clever, , he often makes mistakes. 11、 did we write to her we called up her. 12、He hasn’t any money I’m going to lend him some. 13、The child was sick; he, , didn’t go to school. 14、Mary was neither happy, was she sad. 15、Put on more clothes, you’ll catch cold. 二、选择最佳答案： 16、Some are reading magazines, others are playing cards. A．or B．for C．so D．while 17、We must get up early tomorrow. we’ll miss the first bus to the Great Wall. A．so B．or C．but D．however 18、——I don’t like chicken fish. ——I don’t like chicken, I like fish very much. A．and, and B．and, but C．or, and D．or, but 19、We want high speed good quality. A．both, and B．either, or C．neither, nor D．not, but also 20、In spring it is hot cold here. A．both, and B．either, or C．neither, nor D．not only, but 21、 does he writes well, he also speaks well. A．Not only, but B．Not, but C．Either, or D．Both, and 22、Use your head, you’ll work it out. A．so B．or C．and D．for 23、I want to buy the jacket, I have not enough money with me. A．but B．so C．or D．for 24、 you I am going to help Tom. A．Either, or B．Not, but C．Not only, and D．Each, and 25、The soldier was wounded, he pushed on. A．for B．and C．so D．yet 26、——Do you know Jim quarrelled with his classmate? ——I don’t know, . A．nor don’t I came B．nor do I care C．I don’t care neither D．I don’t care also 27、He is a teacher, a singer as well. A．but B．or C．nor D．and 28、 should a man have courage, he should have wisdom and knowledge. A．Not only, but B．Neither, nor C．Either, or D．Both, and 29、We have studied English for only one year, we can perform English short plays already. A．yet B．for C．and D．or 30、She had escaped, the ring had fallen off and been damaged in the great heat of the fire. A．so B．or C．but D．and 31、The work was difficult, ,he finished in on time. A．but B．however C．otherwise D．therefore 32、The sky was cloudless the sun was shining. A．but B．and C．for D．so 33、 many times, but he still couldn’t understand it. A．Having been told B．Though he had been told C．He was told D．Having told 34、I was walking along the street I heard someone calling my name. A．when B．while C．and D．for 35、To be healthy, you must have a meal too big too small. A．either, or B．neither, nor C．not only, but also D．not, but 36、Both Jane and Ellen, Mary, are studying at the same college. A．too B．and C．as well D．as well as 37、He has never studied English before, we should give him more help. A．and B．or C．therefore D．but 38、I see your point of view; , I don’t agree with you. A．or B．but C．so D．still 39、They must stay in the water they will die. A．but B．so C．otherwise D．and 40、We played outside till sunset it began to rain. A．when B．while C．yet D．so 三、改错： 41、Although he has great learning, but he always works far into the night. 42、Because the boy is very naughty, so I’m angry with him. 43、Not only he himself works hard but he often helps others. 44、It must have rained much of late, because the river is so high. 45、They didn’t tell me whether I should write to him nor whether I should see him personally. 46、If there were no plants, we would have no animals or no meat. 47、Now of course I don’t want to say anything bad about anyone however have you noticed his strange manners? 48、 “I’m more thankful to you, sir, than I can say” I said, “ and but I must make things clear.” 49、He neither knows nor cares for what happened. 50、He did not like your suggestion, and but he raised no objection(反对). 【答案】： 一、 1、or 2、and 3、still / yet 4、when, or 5、but 6、for 7、when 8、while 9、Either, or 10、however 11、Not only, but 12、so 13、therefore 14、nor 15、or 二、 16、D 17、B 18、D 19、A 20、C 21、A 22、C 23、A 24、A 25、D 26、B 27、D 28、A 29、A 30、C 31、B 32、B 33、C 34、A 35、B 36、D 37、C 38、D 39、C 40、 A 四、 41、去掉 but 或改为 yet 42、去掉 so 43、he 前加 does；works－work 44、because－for 45、nor－or 46、or—and 47、however—but 48、去掉 and 49、去 for 50、去掉 and 或把 but 改为 yet 或 still 七、定语从句 一、定语从句 1．定语从句三步：第一找出先行词；第二看先行词在定语从句中的语法功能（做主语、宾 语或状语）；第三选择合适的关联词。 2．定语从句在选择关连词 that 与 which 时，常常容易出错，所以应记住什么时候只能用 that， 什么时候只能用 which. （1）．只能用 that 的情况归纳 4 种：即先得词被序数词最高级修饰过；先行词为 all 、 everything、nothing 等不定代词；先行词同时是人和物并列时；最后先行词分别被 the only 、 the very the same、the last 修饰。请看下列四组例句，注意其先行词： ①．The first thing that we should do is to work out a plan . ②．I t almost seemed as if the good man were trying to teach us all that he knew at this lesson . ③．Later my father and Mr.Crosset talked for about half an four of things and persons that they remembered in school. ④．This is the very dictionary that I want to find . （2）．只用 which is 情况有两种情况：一是非限制性定语从句，关连词要用 which；二是做 介词宾语时只能用 which。请看下列两组例句： I said nothing , which made him more angry . I have the book about which you are talking . 三、在定语从句的非限制性定语中，which 和 as 是容易混淆的。在很多情况下两者兼可互 换，但在下列情况中不可互换： 1、通常 As 可以放在整句的句首，而 which，只能在逗号之后，as 本身含有“正如”， as 在定语从句中既可是主语也可做宾语 As appear from her paper ,she has read widely in Romantic literature. She is remarkable, as I have told you . 2、 which 在做非限制性定语从句关联词时可以无明确先行词，指前句整个的意思，如： she has warried again,which surprises us . 四、在定语从句中，许多人往往分不清 all that 和 what,what 实际上只引导名词性从句，它 相当于 all that 两个字，例如： All that I know is that he has made up his mind to heave the country for a new place. = what I know is that …… 一、限定性定语从句： 种类 先行词 关联词 例句 说明 定 语 从 句 （人）在 从句中 做主语 或宾语 物 在从句 中做主 语或宾 语 who which This is the doctor who saved the boy’s life . 这就是救了孩子生命的医生。 She is the new student whom I want to introduce to you . 她就是我要介绍给你的新学生 Please pass me the book which is lying on the table. 请递给我摆在桌上的那本书。 The novel which Tom bought is very interesting. 汤姆买的小说很有意思。 Can you lend me the magazine about which you talked yesterday? 你能把昨天谈到的那本杂志借给 我吗？ who 在从句中做主语 whom 在从句中做宾语， 口 语 中 who 可 以 代 替 whom，也可以被省去， 但做介词宾语时只能用 whom which 在从句中做主语。 which 充当宾语时可以 省去。 which 做介词宾语不可 省 种类 先行词 关联词 例 句 说 明 定 语 从 句 人 或 物 的 whose The professor whose daughter teaches you English is Dr. Williams 那位教授是威廉斯他的女儿教你英语。 The professor, the daughter of whom teaches you English is Dr. Williams. The bike whose brake was damaged has now been repaired. 那辆坏了闸的自行车现在已经修好了。 whose 在从句中做定 语 指某人的也可以用… of whom 代替 whose 指物时也可以用…of which 代替 whose =The bike the brake of which was damaged has now been repaired 人 或 that The woman that is playing the piano is Miss Zhang. 正在弹钢琴的那位妇女是张小姐。 I’d like to see the films that are just on show. 我想看那些刚上映的电影。 that 指人做主语 that 指物做主语 种类 先行词 关联词 例 句 说 明 物 all, little much 和 some,an y every ,n o 构 成 的 合 成 代词 人 或 物 that that They talked for about an hour of things and persons that they remember in the school. 他们谈起他们所记得起的学校里的人和事， 谈了大约有半个小时。 I’ll tell you all(that )I know about it . 我要告诉你我所知道这件事的一切情况。 Is there anything (that) I can do for you? 有什么我可以帮助做的事吗？ I’ve brought everything (that )you need. 我把你需要的东西都拿来了。 This is the best film that I have seen . 这是我看过的最好的一部电影。 The first place that we’ll visit is Beijing Library. 我们要参观的第一个地方是北京图书馆 先行词分别表示人 和物，关系代词要用 that ， 不 用 who 或 which 先行词表示物，关系 代 词 用 that 不 用 which, 在从句中做 宾语可省去 。如果 先行词是人时，关系 代词不受制约，用 that 或 who (whom) 均可 先行词被形容词最 高级或序数词修饰 时定语从句用 that 引导。 定 语 从 句 人 或 物 that He is the only person that is believable. 他是唯一可靠的人。 John is the very person that she wants to see. 约翰正是她要见的人。 Who is the man that is talking with Tom ? 正在和汤姆谈话的人是谁？ Which of the books that you bought is easy to read? 你买的那些书中哪一本容易读。 先 行 词 被 the only, the very,the same 等 修饰时用关系代词 that. 当 主 句 以 who 、 which 开头的特殊疑 问句时，定语从句要 用 that 时 间 when He came at a time when we. needed him most. 他在我们最需要的时候来了。 We’ll never forget the day when the People’s Republic of China was founded. 我们永远不会忘记中华人民共和国成立的那 一天。 在定语从句中作时 间状语 注：先行词是 time, minute, moment, next tim 很少用关系副词 when,可用 that 但通常省 去。 地点 where This is the room where he put up for the night. 这就是他渡过夜晚的那房子。 在定语从句中作地点状语 原因 理由 why I know the reason why she studies so well . 我知道她学习好的原因。 在定语从句中作原因状语 （2）非限制性定语从句 种类 先行词 关联词 例 句 说 明 非 限 制 性 定 语 从 句 人 物 没有固 定的先 行词而 是一个 句子 who whom which which as George ,who is my classmate, has won a scholarship. 乔治获得了奖学金，他是我的同 学。 Dr. Li , whom I know very well, will come here tomorrow. 李大夫明天将来这儿，我跟他很 熟悉。 I gave him a New Year card ,which he enjoyed very much. 我给他一张贺年卡，他很喜欢它。 He studies hard at school when he was young, which leads to his success in his later life . 他年轻时在校学习努力，这导致 了他后来生活中的成功。 He gets up early ，as is always his habit. 他总是早起床，这是他的习惯。 John was admitted into the college, as we had expected. 约翰被大学录取了，这是我们期 待的。 The earth ,as is known to all ,is round. 人人皆知，地球是圆的。 who, whom 不能省去，也不能用 that 代替 which 指物，不可省去，也不能 用 that 代替 which 作主语指它前面的整个句 子，不可用 that 代替，强调结果。 as 指全句，在从句中做主语。 as 指全句意思，在从句中做宾语。 as 引导的定语从句可以放在句 首，句中或句末。 This is the same book as I lost yesterday. 这本书与我昨天丢失的那本书一 样。 用 于 the same … as, such … as ,as…as 等结构中。 （3）限制性定语从句与非限制性定语从句的区别 限制性定语从句 非限制性定语从句 从句与先行词的关系 从句是先行词不可缺少的定 语，如果省去，主句的意思就 会不完整或不明确。 从句只是对先行词的附加说 明，如果省去,主句的意思仍然 清楚或完整 标 点 从句和主句之间不用逗号分开 从句和主句之间通常用逗号分 开 关 系 代 词 指人 who (that) whom 指物 which (that) 人和物 whose 关系代词在从句中作宾语时可 以省去 指人 who（作主语）whom（做 宾语） 指物 which 人和物的 whose 关系代词一般不可省 修饰 从句只修饰一个名词或代词 可以修饰一个名词或代词也可 修饰整个主句 翻译 定语从句译在被修饰词的前面 定语从句通常被译成另一个独 立的句子 【专项训练】 1．Football is a very interesting game , is played all over the world． A．that B．which C．it D．who 2．Is there anything else you require? A．which B．that C．who D．what 3．The last place we visited was the Great Wall． A．which B．that C．where D．it 4．He talked happily about the men and books interested him greatly in the school． A．which B．who C．it D．that 5．The reailway tunnel,though the train goes, will be completed soon． A．which B．that C．it D．whom 6．His uncle works in a factory bicycles are made． A．that B．which C．where D．there 7．There is no dictionary you can find everything． A．that B．which C．where D．in that 8．Next month, you’ll spend in your hometown is coming． A．which B．that C．when D．where 9．Next month, you’ll be in your hometown is coming． A．which B．that C．when D．where 10．I often thought of my childhood , I lived on a farm． A．which B．where C．when D．who 11．He wanted to know the time he needed to know ． A．that B．when C．where D．what 12．There isn’t so much noise in the country in big cities． A．that B．which C．where D．as 13．They could only read such stories had been rewritten in simple English ． A．that B．which C．as D．what 14．The stems of bamboo are hollow makes them very light． A．which B．as C．that D．it 15．Crusoe’s dog hecame ill and died , made him very lonely ． A．as B．which C．that D．this 16．They’ve invited me to their party , is kind of them． A．as B．which C．That D．this 17． we know now ,bats come out only at night ． A．As B．Which C ．That D．What 18．John got beaten in the game , had been expected ． A．as B．that C．what D．who 19． has been said above ,grammar is a set of dead rules． A．Which B．What C．That D．As 20．Do you know the reason he was late? A．that B．which C．for what D．for which 21．He built a telescope he could study the skies． A．in which B．with that C．through which D．by it 22．I have bought two ballpens , writes well ． A．none of which B．neither of which C．none of them D．neither of them 23．There are two thousand students in our school , are girls ． A．of whom two thirds B．two -thirds of them C．two -third in them D．two -thirds in which 24．Do you know the man ? A．whom I spoke B．to who I spoke C．I spoke to D．that I spoke 25．The factory we’ll visit next week isn’t far from here ． A．where B．in which C．which D．to which 26．This is one of the best films this year． A．have been shown B．that have shown C．that have been shown D．which has been shown 27．Can you lend me the book the other day ? A．you talked about B．about that you talked C．that you talked D．which you talked 28．Is there any one in you class family is in the city ． A．who B．who’s C．which D．whose 29．I’ll never forget the days we stayed together． A．when B．in which C．which D．what 30．Is some German friends visited last week ? A．this school B．this the school C．this school one D．this school where 31．I’ll tell you he told me last month ． A．all which B．all what C．that all D．all 32．Do you know the reason she got so angry yesterday? A．for why B．for that C．which D．why 33．I still remember the day she first wore that pink dress． A．which B．in which…… C．on that D．on which 34．I’ll show you a store you may buy all you need ． A．in which , / B．where , which C．which , that D．that , that 35．Winter is the time of year the days are short and nights are long． A．where B．when C．that D．on which 36．The train she was travelling was late． A．which B．on which C．for which D．on that 37．The second World War millions of people were killed ended in 1945． A．during which B．in that C．where D．on which 38．Is oxygen the only gas helps fire burn ? A．that B．/ C．which D．it 39．This is the best hotel in the city I know ． A．which B．that C．where D．it 40．I’ve read all the books were borrowed from the library ． A．that B．/ C．which D．they 41．The scientist and his achievements you told me about are admired by us all． A．which B．who C．that D．whose 42．She hasn’t got enough money to buy the rings ． A．which B．that C．with which D．for which 43．Finally came the day he bad to beging his study for the next term． A．which B．since C．that D．till 44．We hope to get such a tool he is using ． A．which B．as C．that D．where 45．Is there anything to you ． A．that is belonged B．that belongs C．which belongs D．that belong 46．You can take any seat is free ． A．which B．where C．that D．in which 47．The old woman has two sons ,one is a teacher． A．of them B．of which C．of whom D．of who 48．My hometown is no longer the same it used to be ． A．which B．as C．that D．like 49．You may take anything useful ． A．you want B．what you want C．you want them D．which you want 50．He tore up my photo and upset me ． A．that B．it C．which D．what 51．During the days , he worked as a servant at the Browns． A．followed B．following C．to follow D．that followed 52．The beautiful dress Miss Jones went to the ball was borrowed from a friend of hers ． A．that B．wearing which C．worn by D．in which 53．The clever boy made a hole in the wall , he could see what was going on inside the house． A．in which B．through which C．at which D．on which 54．The brave man , the tiger was shor is a good bunter． A．by which B．by whom C．by that D．of whom 55．The knife we used to cut the bread is very sharp ． A．with which B．with it C．with that D．which 【答案】： 1 B 2 B 3 B 4 D 5 A 6 C 7 C 8 A 9 C 10 C 11 A 12 D 13 C 14 A 15 B 16 B 17 A 18 A 19 D 20 D 21 C 22 B 23 A 24 C 25 C 26 C 27 A 28 D 29 A 30 B 31 D 32 D 33 D 34 A 35 B 36 B 37 A 38 A 39 B 40 A 41 C 42 C 43 C 44 B 45 B 46 C 47C 48 B 49 A 50A 51 D 52 D 53 B 54 B 55 A 八、名词性从句 知识要点： 1、熟悉并掌握各个连接词、关系代词和连接副词的用法。 2、熟悉并掌握复合句即名词性从句（主语从句、宾语从句、表语从句、同位语从句）， 定语从句和状语从句。 什么叫复合句 由一个主句和一个或一个以上的从句构成的句子叫复合句。在复合句中主句是全句的主 体，从句是全句的一个成分，不能独立。 从句通常是用关联词来引导的。在这里关联词还起联系从句和主句的作用。 主从复合句（Complex Sentences） 一、从句的种类： 主语从句（Subject Clauses） 1、名词性从句 表语从句（Predicative Clauses） Noun Clauses 宾语从句（Object Clauses） 同位语从句（Appositive Clauses） 2、定语从句 （Attributive Clauses） 3、状语从句 （Adverbial Clauses） 注：以 it 作形式主语，把主语从句后置的常用的句型有： （1）It + be + 形容词 + that 从句 （2）It + be + 名词词组 + that 从句 （3）It + be + 过去分词 + that 从句 （4）It seem, happen 等不及物动词 + that 从句 二、常用的关联词 1、从属连词 that（无词义）；whether 是否；if 假如，是否 although(though)虽然；because 因为 when 当…时候；before 在…前；after 在…后 since 既然，自从；as 正如，尽管，一边，由于；while 在…期间 as soon as 一…就；as long as 只要；as if 好像 2、连接代词 who, whom, which, what, whose 3、连接副词 when, where, why, how 4、关系代词 who, whom, whose, which, that 5、关系副词 when, where, why 1、主语从句： 种类 关联词 例 句 说 明 连 that That he will come and help you is certain. 他来帮助你是确实无疑的。 that 在句首不可省去 词 whether Whether there is life on the moon is an interesting question. 月球上有没有生命是个 有趣的问题。 主 语 从 句 中 只 能 用 whether 不可用 if。 主 语 连 接 代 词 who what which whatever What he wants to tell us is not clear. 他要 跟我们说什么，还不清楚。 Who will win the match is still unknown. 谁 能赢得这场比赛还不得而知。 主语从句放在句首，句 子常显得笨重，因此一般 从 句 连 接 副 词 when where why how It is known to us how he became a writer. 我们都知道他是如何成为一名作家的。 Where the English evening will be held has not yet been announced. 英语晚会将在哪里 举行，还没有宣布。 把它移到句子后面，前面 用引导词“it”来作形式 主语。 2、宾语从句： 种类 关联词 例 句 说 明 陈述 意义 that I believe(that) he is honest. 我相信他 是忠诚的。 We must never think(that) we are good in everything while others are good in nothing. 我们决不能认为自己什么都 好，别人什么都不好。 that 在句中不担任任何 成分，在口语或非正式的 文体中常被省去，但如从 句是并列句时,第二个分 句前的 that 不可省。 宾 疑问 意义 if whether I wonder whether he will come or not. 我想知道他来还是不来。 Everything depends on whether we have enough money. 一切要看我们是否 有足够的钱。 I don’t know if(whether) it is interesting. 我不知道它是否有意思。 whether 常与 or not 连 用，不能用 if 代替。 作 介 词 宾 语 要 用 whether 不能用 if。 种类 关联词 例 句 说 明 He doesn’t care if it isn’t a fine day. 他 不在乎天气是否好。 从句是否定句时一般用 if 引导。 语 特殊 疑问 意义 who, whom, which,whose, what, when, where, why, how,whoever, whatever, whichever Please tell me what you want. 请告诉 我你需要什么？ She always thinks of how she can work well. 她总是在想怎样能把工作做 好。 She will give whoever needs help a warm support. 凡需要帮助的人，她都 会给予热情的支持。 宾语从句作及物动词 宾语也可做介词的宾语。 从 注 1 We must make it clear that anyone who breaks the law will be punished. 我 们必须认清无论谁违反了法律都要受 到惩罚。 如果宾语从句后面有 宾语补足语，则用 it 作形 式宾语，将从句后置。 句 注 2 We don’t think you are here. 我们认 为你不在这。 I don’t believe he will do so. 我相信他 不会这样做。 think, believe, imagine, suppose 等动词引出的宾 语从句，要将从句中的否 定形式，移动主句中。 3、表语从句： 种类 关联词 例 句 说 明 表 连 词 that whether as if The problem is(that) they can’t get here early enough. 问题是他们不能很早到达这里。 It looks as if it’s going to rain. 看起来天要下雨。 在非正式的文 体中 that 可以省 去。 语 从 连 接 代 词 who what which That’s just what I want. 这正是我想要的。 The question is who(which of you) will be the next speaker. 问题是谁（你们哪一位）接着发言。 表语从句位于 主句系动词之后 句 连 接 副 词 when where why how This is where our problem lies. 这就是我们的问题 所在。 That is why he didn’t come to the meeting. 那就是 他为什么不到会的原因。 4、同位语从句： 种类 关联词 例 句 说 明 同 位 语 从 句 由 连 词 that 引导， 不 担 任 成 分，也可有 when, how, where 等引 导。 The news that he had landed on the moon spread all over the world. 他曾在月球上登陆这个消息传 遍世界。 I have no idea when he will come back home. 我 不知道他什么时候回来。 The thought came to him that Mary had probably fallen ill. 他想到可能玛丽生病了。 He must answer the question whether he agrees to it or not. 他必须回答他是否同意此事这样一个 问题。 同位语从句说明其 前面的名词的具体内 容，常用的名词如： fact, news, idea, hope, thought,question, order, fear, doubt, word, proof ， belief, story 等。 名词性从句包括四种从句即主语从句、表词从句、宾语从句和同位词从句。名词性从句 的特点：that 、who、 whom、 what 、whether 及 when、 where 引导名词性从句时必须 是陈述句词序： 1、主词从句： That light travels in straight line is known to all . (That 引导主语从句不可省） When the plan is to take off hasn’t been announced ． 主语从句通常以 it 做形主语出现 It was my fault that I had him play foatball all faternoon. It is important that we should go to the school to talk with the teacher. 2、表语从句，即名词性从句放在表语位置就是表语从句，需要注意的，主语 是 reason 时，表语要用 that 引导而不是 because． The reason why he was late was that he missed the train by one minute this morning . 3、宾语从句 that 常可以省略，并且注意时态呼应，当主句为过去时时，从句 时态一定往前推移，不可出现现在时或现在完成时。 The teacher told us that Tomo had left us for America． 4、同位语从句注意与定语从句区别，同位语从句对前一名词做补充说明，在 从句中无语法位置，而定语从句所修饰词在从句中占一语法位置如： The idea that one can do the work without thinking is wrong．( 同位 idea 在从句中 无位置，而从句只是具体说明 idea 的内容）。 The idea that you put forward at the meeting is wrong ．(定语从句，idea 做 put forward 的 宾语)。 【专项训练】 1．I wonder how much ． A．cost these shoes B．do these shoes cost C．these shoes cost D．are these shoes cost 2．Nobody knew ． A．where he comes B．where he was from C．where he is from D．where does he come from 3．Excuse me ,would you please tell me ． A．when the sports meet will be taken place ． B．when was the sports meet going to be held． C．when is the sports meet to begin ． D．when the sports meet is to take place ． 4．Cornputers can only give cut has been stored in them . A．that B．which C．what D．anything 5．She wanted to know ． A．whether I knew her and where did she work B．if I knew her and the factory she worked there C．wherther I knew her and the factory she worked D．if I knew her and the factory where she worked 6．My friend wouldn’t tell me his new car ． A．how much he paid for B．how much did he pay C．he paid how much for D．did he pay how much 7．A simple experiment shows air has some strength ． A．what B．that C．which D．who 8．He you are not going abroad． A．surprised that B．is surprised that C．surprised at D．is surprised whether 9．Father asked ． A．what was wrong with me B．what’s wrong with me C．what wrong was with me D．what wrong is with me 10．It doesn’t matter I rest or not ． A．if B．whether C．that D．when 11．The trouble is we are short of tools ． A．what B．that C．how D．why that 12．That is there appears a rainbow in the sky ． A．what B．when C．why D．however 13． I can’t understand is he wants to change his mind． A．That , that B．Which , what C．What , what D．What, why 14．It is possible he misunderstood I said． A．that ,that B．what, what C．what , that D．that , what 15．The thought he might fail in the exam worried him ． A．which B．that C．when D．/ 16．The fact he is an orphan is well known． A．what B．that C．which D．/ 17． I was free that evening A．It happened to B．It happened that C．That happened D．It was happened that 18． I will accept the gift is none of your business． A．If B．Whether C．What D．Which 19． I have will be yours sooner or later ． A．No matter what B．No matter whatever C．Whatever D．That 20．He always thinks he can do more for the people． A．of how B．how C．of that D．why 21． in the newspaper that the Japanese Minister will arrive next Monday ． A．It says B．It is said C．It has said D．He is said 22．We think it important college students should master at least one foreign language ． A．which B．that C．what D．whether 23．Comrade Wang is to give us a talk on he saw and heard in Britain． A．what B．all what C．that D．which 24．The town is no longer it was ten years ago． A．which B．that C．what D．when 25． told yuou that was lying ． A．who B．whoever C．Anyone D．The person 26．Word came I was wanted at the office． A．which B．why C．that D．whether 27． nothing to do with us ． A．What he did is B．What he has done C．What did he do D．What he has done has 28．The problem is will go ． A．that B．that who C．who D．whoever 29． there is life on another planet is almost impossible． A．How B．That C．Why D．Whether 30． was a well -known fact． A．That their team was weak B．That their team being weak C．Their team was weak D．If their team was weak 【答案】： 1 C 2 B 3 D 4 C 5 D 6 A 7 B 8 B 9 A 10 B 11 B 12 C 13 D 14 D 15 B 16 B 17 B 18 B 19C 20 A 21 B 22 B 23 A 24 C 25 B 26C 27 D 28 C 29 B 30 A 九、状语从句 Adverbial Clauses 知识要点： 状语从句是副词性从句，它在句子中担任状语，修饰主句的动词、形容词或副词。根据 修饰的方面，状语从句可以分为以下九种。 1、时间状语从句 2、地点状语从句 3、原因状语从句 4、目的状语从句 5、结果状语从句 6、条件状语从句 7、方式状语从句 8、 让步状语从句 9、 比较状语从句 1、时间状语从句 种类 从属连词 例 句 说 明 时 when whenever When I came into the room, he was writing a letter. 当我进屋时，他正在写信。 We shall go there whenever we are free. 我们什么时间有空，我们就去那里。 when 指的是“某一具体 的时间”。 whenever 指的是“在任 何一个不具体的时间”。 间 状 when I was walking along the street when suddenly someone patted me on the shoulder from behind. 我正在街上走着，这时忽然有人从后面拍 我的肩膀。 when 意为“这时”或“在 那个时候”,可以看作是 并 列 句 , 这 种 用 法 的 when 分句一般位于句 末。 语 while While it was raining, they went out. 天下雨的时候，他们出去了。 I stayed while he was away. 他不在的时候我在。 while 指“在某一段时间 里”，“在…期间”，while 引导的动作必须是持续 性的。 从 as He hurried home, looking behind as he went. 他赶快回家，不时地一边走一边向后看。 as 引导持续性动作，强 调主句和从句的动作同 时发生。 句 before Be a pupil before you become a teacher. 先做学生，再做先生。 before 译为在…之前 after He arrived after the game started. 比赛开始后，他到了。 till We waited till (until)he came back . 我们一直等到他回来。 如主句动词是持续性动 作，常用肯定式，表示 “直到…为止” 种类 从属连句 例 句 说 明 时 until She didn’t stop working until eleven o’clock . 她到 11 点钟才停止工作。 Until he had passed out of sight, she stood there. 她站在那里看着，直到看不见他的身影。 如主句动词是瞬间动 词，常用否定式，表 示“直…才”“在…以 前不”,从句放在句首 表 示 强 调 ， 一 般 用 until 间 状 since as soon as Great changes have taken place in China since 1978. 自从 1978 年以来中国发生了巨大的变化。 As soon as I arrive in Shanghai, I’ll write to you.我一到上海就给你写信。 状语从句在主句之前 时一般用逗号与主句 分开，如从句在主句 之后则不必用标点符 号。 语 hardly … I had hardly got home when it began to rain. hardly … when 和 no 从 句 when no sooner … than 我刚一到家，就下雨了。=Hardly had I got home when it began to rain. No sooner had we got to the station than the train left. 我们刚到车站，火车就走了。 Hardly had we begun when we were told to stop. 我们刚开始就被叫停。 sooner…than 的意义 相当于 as soon as,但 只表示过去发生的事 情，主句为过去完成 时，从句为过去时， 如 hardly 或 no sooner 位于句首时语气强， 而且主句的谓语要用 部分倒装。 every time, by the time, the moment 等 Every time I travelled by boat, I got seasick. 我每次乘船都晕船。 The moment I heard the song, I felt cheerful. 我一听到这首歌，就感到很愉快。 Next time you come ,you’ll see him. 下次你来的时候，就会见到他。 在时间状语从句中， 不能用将来时或过去 将来时，而要用现在 时或过去时代替将来 时。 地 点 状 语 从 句 where wherever Where there is a will, there is a way. 有志者，事竟成。 Where there is water there is life. 哪里有水，哪里就有生命。 You are free to go wherever you like. 你可以随意到你喜欢的任何地方去。 Wherever you go, you must obey the law. 无论你去哪都要遵守法律。 where 与 wherever 意 义基本相同，但后者 语气较强，多用于书 面语。 原 因 状 because I came back late yesterday because I was on duty. 昨天我回来晚了，因为我值班。 because 用来回答 why 的问题，语气最强一 般放在主句之后 语 从 句 since Since everyone is here, let’s begin our meeting. 既然大家都到了，我们开始开会。 since 表示既然或全已 知的理由,稍加分析即 可表明的原因,多放句 首 种类 从属连句 例 句 说 明 原 因 as As he didn’t know much English, he looked up the word in the dictionary . 由于他英语懂得不多，他在字典中查阅这 个单词。 从句常放在句首，说明 原因，主句说明结果， 常用于口语中。 状 语 从 句 now that, seeing that Now (that) the weather has cleared up, we can start our journey. 鉴于天气已经晴朗，我们可以启程了。 Seeing (that) he was badly ill, we sent for the doctor. 鉴于他病情严重，我们派人去请医生去了。 seeing (that), now that 和 since, as 意义相似， 他们都有“鉴于某个事 实”的意思，that 可以 省去。 that I shall write down your telephone number that I may not forget. 目的状语从句中常用情 态动词 may (might) can 目 的 状 语 从 句 so that in order that lest = for fear that 我要把你的电话号码记下来，以免忘记。 We’ll tell you the truth so that you can judge for yourself. 我把真实情况告诉你，使你能自己作出判 断。 They worked harder than usual in order that they could finish the work ahead of time . 他们比往常更加努力工作，为了能提前完 成工作。 Put on more clothes lest (= for fear that ) you should catch cold. 多穿点衣服，以免患感冒。 (could) ,should 等放在 动词之前，从句往往放 在主句之后，主从句之 间不用任何标点符号 结 果 状 so that so…that We turned up the radio, so that everyone heard the news. 我们把收音机的音量放大，大家都听到了 新闻。 He was so excited that he couldn’t say a word. 他十分激动，以致一句话都说不出来。 so that 前有逗号为结果 状语从句。 so…that 的 so 后面跟形 容词或副词。 语 从 句 such … that He gave such important reasons that he was excused.他说出了这么重要的理由，得到大 家的谅解。 It is such an interesting novel that all of us want to read it. It is so interesting a novel that all of us want to read it. 这是一本十分有意思的书，大家都想看。 such…that 的 such 后面 跟名词，如果名词是单 数就要用 such a /an… that 还可以转换用 so… that，语气较强 种类 从属连句 例 句 说 明 条 件 状 语 从 句 if unless as/so long as in case so far as Difficulties are nothing if we are not afraid of them. 如果我们不怕困难，困难就算不了什么了。 We shall go there tomorrow unless it rains. 除非下雨，我们明天就去那里。 = We shall go there tomorrow if it doesn’t rain. So/As long as you work hard, you will succeed. 只要你努力工作，你就一定能成功。 In case I forget, please remind me about it . 万一我忘了，请提醒我一下。 So far as I know, the book will be published next month. 据我所知，那本书下月出版。 unless 从句的谓语只能 用肯定式。unless 和 if… not 同义，unless 是书面 语，if…not 是口语，通 常二者可以换用。 条件状语从句中的谓语 动词的时态一般要用现 在时或过去时代替一般 将来时或过去将来时。 方 式 状 语 从 句 as as if… as though Draw a cat as I taught you . 按照我教你的画一只猫。 Do as you are told. 按照人家告诉你做的去做。 She looks as if she is ill. 看上去她好象是生病了。 He acted as if (though) nothing had happened. 他的行动就好象什么也没有发生。 They treat the black boy as if (though) he were an animal. 他们对待这黑孩子仿佛他是一头牲口。 此处 as 译为，按照或正 如 as if或as though的意义 和用法基本一样。从句 中可以用现在时表示可 能符合事实，也可以用 虚拟语气。 让 步 状 语 though although Although (Though) he was over sixty, (yet) he began to learn French. 虽然他六十多岁了，但仍开始学习法语 。 We were not tired though (although) we had worked all day. 虽然我们干了一天活，但并不累。 在句子中一般用了“虽 然”就不能再用“但是” （but）但可以与 yet 或 still 连 用 。 though / although 意义相同，用 法基本一样，前者通俗， 口语化，后者正式多放 主句的前面。 从 句 even if even though I’ll go even if (though) it rains tomorrow. 即使明天下雨，我也要去。 even if 和 even though 的意思为“即使”“纵使” 有退一步设想的意味， 多用于书面语中。 种类 从属连词 例 句 说 明 让 步 as Child as he is , he knows a lot . 虽然他是一个孩子，但他懂得很多。 Cold as it is, (= Though it is cold,)the children play outdoors. 虽然天气冷，但孩子们仍在户外玩。 as 引出的状语从句多用 于书面语，它比用 though 或 although 引导 的从句，语气强，更有 表现力，从句常放在句 首，语序部分倒装。 状 语 从 no matter (who, what when, where which, how…) Do it no matter what others say. 不管别人怎么说,尽管干。 No matter how busy he was, he studied English every day. 不管他多忙，他都每天坚持学习英语。 No matter who takes up the matter for me ,I shall be very grateful. 不管谁为我处理这件事，我都将非常感激。 no matter … … 与 who-ever 引导的让步状 语从句意义基本一 样， no matter … … 引 导 的 从句可是以位于主句前 或主句后。 句 wh －ever (whatever whoever Whatever happens / may happen , we shall not lose heart. 无论发生什么，我们都不要失去信心。 wh－ever 从句中的动 词有时可以和 may 连 用。判断 wh－ever 引导 whenever whichever however) Whoever comes, he will be welcome. 无论谁来，都会受到欢迎。 的是状语从句还是名词 性从句的一点是，名词 性从句，主句中一定有 一个成分要在从句担 任，一般从句与主句之 间没有逗号。 不 可 将 no matter 与 wh—ever 连用 比 较 状 语 as…as not so/as …as the same …as such…as Mary is as old as my sister. 玛利和我姐姐一样大。 He doesn’t run so (as) fast as Jack (does). 他不如杰克跑得那样快。 His book is the same as mine. 他的书和我的一样。 Henry is not such a good worker as Peter . 享利这个工人不如彼得那样好。 连词表示同程度级的比 较，肯定句用 as…as 否 定句可用 not as…as 或 not so…as 从 句 than She has made greater progress this year than she did last year. 她今年比去年进步更大。 He bought fewer books than I (did). 他买的书比我买的少。 表示不同程度之比较， 主句中用比较级的形容 词或副词。 种类 从属连句 例 句 说 明 比 较 状 语 从 句 the more … the more The more you read, the better you understand. 你看的书越多，你懂得的就越多。 The more tickets you sell, the more money you will get. 你卖的票越多，你的收入也越多。 The harder you work, the greater progress you will make. 你工作越努力，你取得的进步就越大。 The sooner, the better. 越快越好。 The warmer, the better. 越暖和越好。 the more…the more 意 思为越…越…，通常的 语序为从句在前主句在 后，这两个 the 都是表 示程度的副词，用在比 较级的形容词或副词前 面。 句子意思明显，句子的 主语和动词都可省略。 特 殊 形 式 的 状 语 that We are sure (that )the four modernization will be realized in China . 我们相信四化一定会在中国实现。 I’m sorry (that) I didn’t have time to write you sooner. 很抱歉，我没有抽出时间早点给你写信。 I am afraid that I can’t go with you. 恐怕我不能同你一起去了。 that 引导的从句，往往 跟在一个做表语的形容 词后面，从句概念上看 是宾语，所以有的语法 家把它看做是宾语从 句，但结构上看，也可 以把它看作是一个特殊 的状语从句，用来修饰 从 句 表语的形容词。这种从 句的连词常常被省略。 【专项训练】： Ⅰ、选择填空： 1、You like sports I’d like to read. A．when B．while C．but D．yet 2、 we were singing, the teacher came in. A．Before B．after C．As D．Until 3、I was about to leave my house the phone rang. A．while B． when C．as D．after 4、They did not stop fighting there was no enemy left. A．until B．after C．when D．since 5、I have not seen him he went to college. A．when B．before C．as D．since 6、It is five days we came here. A．when B．before C．as D．since 7、It was not long he got to know it. A．when B．before C．after D．until 8、We shall go we are free. A．whenever B．whatever C．wherever D．however 9、 I live I must serve the people heart and soul. A．When B．So long as C．As soon as D．On condition 10、I was reading a novel he was watchingTV. A．when B．while C．before D．as 11、Put the medicine you can easily get it. A．so that B．where C．which D．there 12、We will go the Party wants us to go. A．wherever B．there C．to the place D．which 13、 there is a will there is a way. A．When B．Where C．Whether D．How 14、I am going you went last week. A．where B．wherever C．when D．the place 15、 you go , you should bear the motherland in your mind. A．Where B．Wherever C．Whatever D．However 16、 weather permits, we’ll have an outing. A．For B．Though C．While D．If 17、You won’t succeed harder. A．unless you will work B．unless you work C．unless you don’t work D．if you won’t work 18、I wonder if he us, and I think if he us we’ll be able to complete the task ahead of time. A．helps, helps B．will help, helps C．helps, will help D．will help, will help 19、I don’t like to be interrupted if I . A．speak B．will speak C．am speaking D．spoke 20、If you this experiment you will understand the theory better. A．will be doing B．have done C．will have done D． would do 21、I would like to do it I like it. A．since B．because C．because of D．now that 22、 everybody is here, Let’s set off. A．Since B．Because C．For D．After 23、It was he was ill that he was absent yesterday. A．because B．as C．since D．now that 24、 it is raining, we had better take a taxi. A．For B．As C．Because of D．When 25、“Why can’t you do it now?”“ I’m too busy.” A．Since B．As C．Because D．For 26、He must have passed this way, here are his footprints. A．since B．because of C．now that D．for 27、 everybody is here, Let’s begin our meeting. A．Now that B．Because C．For D．When 28、His speech made deep impression on the audience that they could hardly forget it. A．such a B．so a C．so D．such 29、They worked hard they finished their work ahead of time. A．so B．so that C．such that D．so as to 30、He was weak he couldn’t stand up. A．such, that B．so, that C．very, that D．so, as to 31、The foreigner spoke his interpreter could hardly catch his words. A．such fast that B．so fast C．so fast that D．so fastly that 32、The book is it gives a wrong idea of the facts. A．so writing that B．such written that C．such writing that D．so written that 33、The house cost we didn’t buy it. A．so much money that B．so many money that C．such much money that D．such many money that 34、It is all of us can do it. A．so easy exercise that B．such easy an exercise C．such easy exercise D．so easy an exercise that 35、She has she remembers all the names of the students she has taught. A．so good memory that B．such a good memory that C．such good memory that D．good memory 36、They stopped at Tianjing they might visit the TV tower. A．so B．because C．so that D．in order 37、We all got up early we might start at six. A．in order that B．in order to C．so D．so as to 38、Let the dog loose so that it have a run. A．should B．must C．could D．need 39、 clearly so that your teacher you correctly. A．Write, can understand B．Having written, can understand C．To write, could understand D．Writing, will understand 40、He started early so that he there in time. A．could get B．got C．had got D．would have got 41、 it was late , she went on working. A．Though B．Because C．Since D．Whether 42、 we fail , we trying. A．Even if , don’t stop B．Even though, won’t stop C．Even, will not stop D．Even although, shall never stop 43、 the pain was bad, he did not complain. A．Although, but B．Though, but C．Though, yet D．Even, still 44、 physics, he likes maths better. A．As he much likes B．Much as he likes C．Much likes as he D．Likes much as he 45、 telephones, tell him I’m out. A．No matter whoever B．Who C．Whoever D．Anyone 46、We’ll carry the reform to the end happens. A．no matter how B．whatever C．anything D．no matter which 47、It takes time to go there by plane than by ship. A．far fewer B．far less C．much fewer D．more less 48、He is taller than in his class. A．others B．all the students C．any other one D．the other 49、 it was finished in time. A．As the work was difficult B．Difficult as the work was C．Difficult as was the work D．As was the work difficult 50、I am sorry I have caused so much trouble. A．that B．for C．as D．since 51、 he came, he would bring us a lot of flowers. A．Every times B．one time C．Every time D．Once a time 52、I’ll tell him about it I see him. A．as soon as B．so soon as C．while D．as 53、I had hardly sat down the telephone rang A．than B．when C．as D．after 54、Sit you like. A．where B．at the place C．as D．wherever 55、 he wasn’t ready in time, we went without him. A．Since B．As C．For D．Because of 56、All plants need air they need water. A．like B．as if C．as D．so 57、Work hard you can succeed. A．in order to B．so that C．for fear that D．in case 58、If you I will go with you. A．go to B．went C．will D．should go 59、The hard he works, he will make. A．the greater B．the greater progress C．and the more D．more 60、 we have thought it over , we’ll take steps. A．Till, not B．When , no C．Until, any D．Until, no Ⅱ、改错 1、It won’t matter even he refuses. 2、Jim imagined that the whole world knew of his achievements, when in fact only a few people had heard of it . 3、He realized that his house must have been broken into the minute he got home and saw that everything was in a mess. 4、He was looking for the dictionary whenever he thought he might have put it . 5、No matter if he is free, he must go to the library. 6、I have not missed a play or a concert when I was seventeen years old. 7、Next time that I plan to travel in London, I’m going to take a plane. 8 、 I’m not going to talk on the point any further, though it is neither important nor very interesting. 9、Much since I like all the books, I can’t afford to buy them. 10、Alic was waiting for the bus then she noticed a thief running out of a shop. 11、It has been two and a half months ago since he left. 12、Though the work was difficult, but we managed to finish it in time. 13、The test shows that Jack has a much quicker mind than any student in his class. 14、He left for Guangzhou by train last Monday. He ought to have arrived, I think.. 15、They wrote to the boss in order they could improve their working conditions. 16、He goes fishing wherever he has time, which is not often. 17、I don’t know when he comes tomorrow . If he comes , let me know at once. 18、When you read a book, you’d better make a mark that you have any questions. 19、Ships are much more slower than planes that few people take them on business. 20、She has such little education that she is unfit for the job. 【答案】： Ⅰ、 1、 B 2、C 3、B 4、A 5、D 6、D 7、B 8、A 9、B 10、B 11、B 12、A 13、B 14、A 15、B 16、D 17、B 18、B 19、C 20、B 21、B 22、A 23、A 24、B 25 、 C 26、D 27、A 28、A 29、B 30、B 31、C 32、 D 33、A 34、D 35、B 36、C 37、A 38、C 39 、 A 40、A 41、A 42、B 43、C 44、B 45、C 46、 B 47、B 48、C 49、B 50、A 51、C 52、A 53、 B 54、D 55、B 56、C 57、B 58、C 59、B 60、 D Ⅱ、 1、even 后加 if 2、when—while 3、minute—moment 4、whenever—wherever 5、if —whether 6、when —since 7、that 去掉或改为 when 8、though—because 9、since—as 10、then—when 11、ago 去掉 12、but 去掉 13、any 后加 other 14、 15、order 后加 that 16、wherever—whenever 17、第一个 comes—will come （宾从时态不限） 18、that—where 19、more 去掉 20、such—so 十、“It”的用法和“There be”结构 知识要点： 一、代词 it 用 法 例 句 代替前文提到过 的东西或事情， 用作人称代词。 This is a new dictionary. I bought it yesterday. 这是一本新词典，我昨天买的。 Tom joined the army last mouth. Do you know about it? 汤姆上月入伍了，你知道这事吗？ 代替指示代词， 起着 this 或 that 的作用 Is this your car? No, it isn’t. 这是你的汽车吗？不是。 What’s that?—It’s a video. 那是什么？它是一台录像机。 Whose room is this?—It is theirs.这是谁的房间，是他们的。 指明某人或某物 的身分，还可指 不明性别的婴儿 Who’s there? It’s me. (It’s John) 谁在那儿？是我。（是约翰） Go and see who it is that rings. It’s Bill. 去看看是谁来的电话，是比尔。 The Greens have a new baby. It’s lovely. 格林家有一个新生婴儿。它很可爱。 指时间，距离， 自然现象（天气， 气候，明暗）量 度，价值等 It’s Sunday today. 今天是星期天。 It’s three months since he came here. 自从他来到这里，已经三个月了。 How far is it to the Great Wall .到长城有多远？ It’s getting dark. 天快黑了。 —How much is the coat? —It’s ninety dollars. 这件衣服多少钱？九十美元。 二、引导词 it 用 法 例 句 形 代替不定 式短语 It is up to you to decide. 这事要由你决定。 It makes me happy to hear you have recovered. 听说你恢复了健康，这使我很高兴。 式 主 代替动名 词短语 It’s no good smoking. 吸烟没有好处。 It’s worthwhile working the whole night on the problem. 用整夜的时间来研究那个问题是值得的。 语 代替主语 从句 It doesn’t matter what you do. 你干什么都没有关系。 It seems that everyone has known the news. 好象大家都知道这个消息。 用 法 例 句 形 式 代替不定 式短语 I consider it better to be early. 我认为能够早一些更好。 We found it impossible to get there before July . 我们觉得，要在七月以前到达那里是不可能的。 宾 语 代替动名 词短语 We thought it no use doing that. 我们认为做那事没有用。 代替宾语 从句 The teacher makes it clear that everyone should hand in his homework on time . 老师清楚地指出，每个人都应该按时交作业。 三、it 在强调结构中 强调句型：It is (was) +被强调部分+ that (who) + 其它 强调 部分 例 句 说 明 主 语 It is I who am to blame. 是我该受责怪。 It was your uncle that (who) came yesterday. 昨天来的是你叔叔。 原句的谓语动词如果是 现 在 或 将 来 时 态 用 It is …that(who)如果原句 谓语动词是过去时态，则 用 It was…that(who)。在 宾 语 It was a new pen that Mother gave me . 母亲给我的是一支新钢笔。 强调时间，地点，原因或 方 式 时 不 要 用 when, where, how, 必 须 用 that。 地点 It was in the classroom that I left my umbrella. 我把雨伞就落在了教室里。 状 时间 It is at eleven that the train leaves. 火车是在十一点钟离开。 方式 It was just as he ordered that I acted. 我正是照他吩咐的那样做的。 语 原因 It was because he was in trouble that I tried my best to help him. 正是因为他处境困难我才尽力帮助他。 宾 补 It was red that we painted the gate. 我们把门油漆成红的颜色。 It was chairman that they elected him . 他们选他担任的是主席的职务。 there be 结构 基本句型 结 构 例 句 ther e 肯定句 there be +主+其它 There is a map on the wall. 墙上有张地图。 否定句 there be + not +主+ There is not a map on the wall. be 其它 墙上没有地图。 结构 一般疑问句 be + there +主+其 Is there a map on the wall? 它 墙上有地图吗？ 肯定与否定 Yes ,there is . No, there isn’t. 回答 是的，有 不，没有 特殊疑问 特殊疑问词+ be + —How many maps are there on the wall? 句及回答 there +主+其它 墙上有多少张地图？ —There are two. 有两张 注 1： There be 句型也可以由其它动词代替 be，常用的词有 seem to be , happen to be ,appear to be, used to be 等词组或用 live, come, stand, lie, occur, exist, flow 等动词。 There seems to be much hope of our team beating theirs. 好象我们队很有希望打败他们队。 Only there lived an old fisherman in a village by the sea. 从前有一位老渔夫住在海边的一个村子里。 注 2： There be 之后如有几个并列主语时，用 is 或用 are 要取决于第一个主语 是单数还有复数，单数用 is,复数则用 are. There is a pen, a pencil and two books on the desk. 桌上有一支钢笔，一支铅笔和两本书。 There are two books, a pen and a pencil on the desk. 桌上有两本书，一支钢笔和一支铅笔。 【专项训练】 it 的用法 1、“Do you like fish?”“Yes, I like .” A．× B．it C．that D．them 2、 today? A．How is it B．What is it C．What is it like D．How is the weather. 3、“Do you want a watch?”“ .” A．Yes, I want it . B．Yes, I want one. C．No, I’ve got it. D．No, I’ve got the watch. 4、“Whose exercise-book is that?” “ hers” A．That is B．This is C．It’s D．Its 5、 won’t take long to get to Shanghai by air. A．That B．He C．It D．This 6、What he has done helps us a lot, ? A．isn’t he B．doesn’t he C．isn’t it D．doesn’t it 7、We all thought no use doing that. A．it B．that C．this D．there 8、I took it for granted you would come to our party. A．when B．why C．for what D．that 9、How happy to be able to study and live together with you! A．that will be B．is it C．will it be D．it will be 10、I thought it to be . A．him B．he C．its D．she 11、 very foolish of you to say so. A．It’s B．Its C．That’s D．This 12、It’s not his habit for things. A．asks B．ask C．to ask D．asked 13、It has been a great honour coming to visit me. A．they B．you C．she D．he 14、I found to hear what he said. A．that difficulty B．it difficulty C．that difficult D．it difficult 15、He is fifty , but doesn’t A．look at it B．look for it C．look it D．look him 16、It was who telephoned me yesterday. A．him B．his C．himself D．he 17、The sentence is wrong. A．its B．it C．itself D．it’s 18、 is no doubt that he will succeed in his experiment. A．It B．This C．That D．There 19、It seems John’s not coming after all. A．this B．that C．if D．to 20、 was a handbag that John gave Mary at Christmas. A．It B．This C．That D．Such 21、Was the room the famous writer had ever lived in? A．that, it B．it , that C．it , where D．that, which 22、 is said that he has been to many places in the United States. A．This B．He C．It D．That 23、What you want me to do? A．it is B．that C．is this D．is it that 24、Is not important who will go? A．it B．that C．this D．× 25、Why is it everyone thinks he’s a thief? A．because B．as C．when D．that 26、 being Sunday, the library was closed. A．What B．It C．That D．This 27、Is believed he is ill? A．it, that B．he, that C．it, if D．he, for 28、 is known to us Mary dances best. A．She, × B．It, that C．It, she D．She, who 29、“What’s this?”“ a flag.” A．This is B．That’s C．It’s D．Its 30、Jack is ill. Have you heard about ? A．him B．it C．this D．that There be 结构 31、Is a typewriter in the room? A．he B．there C．it D．has 32、There’s no one in the house, is ? A．it B．he C．there D．they 33、 must be something wrong. A．It B．He C．There D．They 34、 there anyone around? A．Was B．Were C．There D．Has 35、 used to be a church round the corner. A．Here B．There C．It D．It is 36、It is reported that is going to be a storm. A．it B．there C．× D．the weather 37、There still a lot of work to be done before the house is ready for occupation. A．are B．were C．is D．have 38、There is a girl for the bus. A．to wait B．waiting C．waited D．wait 39、There a pine tree at the top of the hill. A．stands B．lies C．lives D．has 40、 will be a good film on at the Rex next week. A．There B．It C．That D．This 改错,下列每句所给的选项中，各有一项是错的，请指出并改正。 41、He is certain that the secretary will be there. A B C D 42、I think that a good idea to get up early. A B C D 43、It makes me feel sad that see you. A B C D 44、Do you find it very dull live here? A B C D 45、It is no use to cry over spilt milk. A B C D 46、There it must have been a mistake. A B C D 47、There is going to have an English party at the weekend. A B C D 48、Is there any one who waiting to see me ? A B C D 49、There have a man sitting beyond that fence. A B C D 50、It was a car ready for us. A B C D 【答案】： 1、B 2、D 3、B 4、C 5、C 6、D 7、A 8、D 9、D 10、A 11、A 12、C 13、B 14、D 15、C 16、D 17、C 18、A 19、B 20、A 21、B 22、C 23、D 24、A 25、D 26、B 27、A 28、B 29、C 30、B 31、B 32、C 33、C 34、A 35、B 36、B 37、C 38、B 39、A 40、A 41、A He－it 42、B that－it 43、C that－to 44、D live 前加 to 45、C to cry－crying 46、B it 去掉 47、B have－be 48、C who 后加 is 或把 who 去掉 49、A have－is 50、A It －There 十一、交 际 英 语 知识要点： 一、Greeting（问候） 1、Good morning! (afternoon, evening) 2、Hello! (Hi) 3、How do you do? 4、How are you? 5、How are you getting on with your studies? 6、How's everything with you? 7、Did you have a nice holiday? (summer vacation) 二、Introduction（介绍） A．Introduction: 1、 This is my friend, Tom.. 2、Let me introuduce you to my friend, Tom. 3、May I introduce myself? I'm Tom. 4、Please allow me to introduce my friend, Tom. 5、I'd like you to meet my friend Tom. B．Responses: 1、How do you do? Pleased to meet you. (Glad to meet you. Nice to meet you.) 2、It's my pleasure to have this chance to meet you. 三、Farewells（告别） A．Farewells: 1、It's getting late. I must be going. 2、It's five o'clock already. I must be off now. 3、Oh, God, it's late, I've got to go. 4、It's time I was going, I'm afraid. 5、I think I must go now. 6、I think I'd better leave. 7、I'm glad to have met you. B．Responses: 1、Come again whenever you are free. 2、If you pass my home, drop in. 3、Good night, have a nice dream. 4、Can't you stay a little longer? 5、I hope we'll meet again sometime. 四、Asking and Directing the Way（问路和指路） A．Asking the way: 1、Can you tell me the way to the post office? 2、Is this the way to the post office? 3、Excuse me, how can I get to the post office? 4、Which is the nearest way to the post office? 5、Is the post office far from here? 6、How long will it take me to get to the post office? 7、Excuse me, is there a post office near here? 8、Excuse me, does this bus go to the post office? B．Responses: 1、Go ahead till you come to the next crossing. 2、No, it's not far from here. It's only about ten minutes' walk. 3、It's about 200 yards down the street. 4、Take Bus No. 3 and it will take you right there. 5、Go down the street and take the second turning on the left. 五、Asking for Time and Date（询问时间与日期） A．Asking: 1、What time is it now? 2、What's the time by your watch? 3、What day is it today? 4、What is the date today? 5、Is your watch correct? B．Responses: 1、It's ten. 2、It's Wednesday. 3、It's October, 8th. 4、My watch says it's 7:30. 5、My watch always keeps good time. 六、Asking about Health（询问健康） A．Asking: 1、How are you these days? 2、What's wrong with you? 3、Have you seen the doctor? 4、You look tired. What's wrong? B．Responses: 1、I'm not quite myself today. 2、My stomach hurts. 3、I don't feel like eating anything today. 4、I've got a bad cold. 七、Talking about Weather（谈论天气） 1、It's a fine day, isn't it? 2、What's the temperature today? 3、What's the weather like today? 4、How is the weather? 5、What's the weather going to be like at the weekend? 6、Do you like the weather in Beijing? 7、Do you think that we are going to have snow today? 八、Invitations（邀请） A．Invitations: 1、Would you like to come to my birthday party? 2、Will you be able to come to my birthday party? 3、I'd be very glad if you would come to my birthday party. 4、Can you fix a time for a picnic? 5、Are you free tomorrow? What (How) about having a picnic? 6、Won't you come with me? 7、You will come to have dinner with me, won't you? B．Responses: 1、I'd be glad to, thank you. 2、It's very kind of you to invite me. 3、I'd like to, but I'm too busy. 4、Thank you for your kind invitation, I will. 5、I'm afraid not. I will have to look after my sick mother. 6、I'm sorry, I can't. Thank you very much. 九、Making an Appointment（约会） A．Making an appointment: 1、Are you free this afternoon? 2、How about tomorrow evening? 3、Shall we meet at 7:00 at the gate of the cinema? 4、When will you be able to see us? 5、What time can I call on you? 6、Will you be at home next Sunday? 7、Don't forget to come to my birthday party. B．Responses: 1、Tomorrow evening will be all right. 2、Yes, I'll be free then. 3、No, I won't be free then, but I'll be free next Wednesday. 十、Making a phone call（打电话） A．Making a call: 1、Hello, is Mary in? 2、Hello, is that Mary speaking? 3、Can I have your telephone number, please? 4、Hello, may I speak to Mary? 5、Could you ask him to call me, please? 6、Who is it, please? B．Responses: 1、This is Mary speaking. 2、Hold on please. 3、Mary, you are wanted on the phone. 4、Mary isn't here right now. Can I take a message for you? 十一、Shopping（购物） A．Shop assistant: 1、What can I do for you? 2、Can (May) I help you? 3、How much do you want? 4、What about this (these)? B．Customer: 1、I'd like to have a look at the sweater. 2、That's too expensive (dear), I'm afraid. 3、That's fine. I'll take it. 4、How much is it? 十二、Seeing the Doctor（看病） A．Doctor: 1、What's wrong (the matter) with you? 2、How long have you been like this? 3、Let me examine you. 4、Take this medicine three times a day. 5、Drink plenty of water and take a good rest. 6、It's nothing serious. Take it easy. B．Patient: 1、There's something wrong with my stomach. 2、I've got a pain here. 3、I feel terrible (sick). 4、This place hurts. 5、I don't feel like eating anything. 十三、Requests and Offers（请求与提供帮助） A．Requests: 1、Can (could) you do something for me? 2、Will (would) you do something for me? 3、May I have some ice—cream? 4、Please do me a favor. 5、Please don't open the window. 6、Do (Would) you mind turning down the radio? 7、I wonder if you could lend me some money. B．Offers: 1、Can (Shall) I help you? 2、What can I do for you? 3、Is there anything (else) I can do for you? 4、Would you like me to do this for you? 5、Would you like some help? 十四、Asking for Permission（请求允许） A．Ask for permission: 1、May I park my car here? 2、Can (Could) I smoke in this room? 3、Do (Would) you mind if I smoke (smoked) here? 4、I wonder if I could smoke here. B．Responses: 1、Certainly. (sure, of course), go ahead 2、Yes, please. 3、All right (OK). 4、I'm sorry, it's not allowed. 5、I'm afraid not. 十五、Advice and Suggestions（劝告和建议） 1、You'd better go to see the doctor. 2、You should do it at once. 3、Why not go on a picnic next Sunday? 4、What (How) about going there by boat? 5、Have you considered going there by boat? 6、Shall we take a walk after supper? 7、I suggest you do more reading. 8、I advise you to take more exercises. 【专项训练】 一、Greeting 1、—Hello, Joan. — Kate. Glad to see you. A．Hi B．Hello C．Good morning D．How do you do 2、—Hi, haven't seen you for ages! You look fine. — . You look well too. A．Great B．Thanks C．Oh, no D．Not at all 3、—How are you! Jane? — A．How are you, Mary? B．Fine, thanks, and you? C．All is right. D．That's good. 4、—How do you do? — . A．Very well, thank you. B．Why, yes. I'm fine. C．How do you do? D．What about you? 5、—How's everything with you? — . A．Fine, thanks B．It's all right C．Thank very much D．I'm very well 6、—How's your work going? — A．Not too well, I'm afraid. B．Quite good. What about you? C．Fine, how are you, then? D．Well, thanks a lot. 7、—Did you have a good summer holiday? —Yes, thanks. Kate? —She's OK, thanks. A．what's is B．How is C．What's wrong D．and 8、—Glad to meet you again. How are you? —I'm just .（老样子） A．my old self B．old myself C．myself old D．as old myself 9、—It's nice to see you in New York. How's your family? — . My wife asked me to say hello to you. A．It's very well B．They are fine C．That's all right D．They are good 10、—How's the young man? — . A．He's twenty B．He's a doctor C．He's much better D．He's David 11、—How on with your new job these days? —Not bad. A．do you get B．did you get C．are you getting D．have you getting 12、—Hello, Kate! Fancy meeting you here! Working again, are you? —Yes, , if I want to pass the exams. A．I've got to B．no other way C．I must do D．I have on way 13 、 In the evening you meet your foreign teacher walking towards the reataurant, you should say . A．Good evening. B．Good night. C．Hello. Have you had your supper? D．Hi! Going to dinner. 二、Introduction 1、—Hi, Tom, this is my friend John. — A．Nice to meet you. B．How are you? C．Hi, Tom, I'm John. D．Are you Tom? 2、—Let me introduce myself. I'm Albert. — . A．With a pleasure B．It's my pleasure C．I'm very pleased D．Pleased to meet you 3、When you are introduced to someone, you should say A．I'm getting on well B．I love you very much C．Fine, thank you. D．How do you do? 4、—Have you met my girl friend, Susan? Susan, this is Li. — A．Glad to meet you. B．Thank you. C．How are you? D．Welcome home. 5、—Please allow me to introuduce Mr. Smith, director of the department. — （久仰大名） A．I haven't seen you before. B．Haven't we met before? C．I've heard so much about you. D．How do you do? 6、If Mr. Baker is here, will please make to me? A．you, yourself know B．you, you know C．he, us know D．he, himself know 7、 Let's give him a . A．warm welcome B．warming welcome C．warmly welcome D．warm welcoming 三、Farewells 1、—It's five o'clock already, I must be going. —Well, come again you are free. A．if B．whenever C．when D．while 2、—Oh, God, it's late. I've got to go. — . Hope to see them soon. A．Give your parents my greetings B．Remember me to your parents C．Show my greetings to your parents D．Say hello to your parents 3、—It's time I was going, I'm afraid. — . A．Good evening B．Good night C．Bey—bey D．All the best 4、—Well, I'd better let you get on with your work. — . A．I've wasted a lot of your time B．Thank you for a lovely afternoon C．You must be tired D．I'm sorry to trouble you 5、—I'm flying home on Sunday morning. —I wish you . A．a pleasant journey home B．a good trip C．good lucky D．a happy journey travel 6、—I think I must go now. See you later. — . A．You can go B．See you later C．Bye—bye D．So long 7、—I'm glad to have met you. Drop by sometime. — . A．Thank you B．Give me a call C．Thanks, I certainly will D．Take care 8、—It's very kind of you to come and see me off. — . A．It's my pleasure B．much better C．Don't say it D．No problem 9、—I'm going camping this weekend. — . A．Can you fish? B．Have a good time C．No, I'm too busy D．Don't give up now 10、—I'll go to Beijing this weekend. . A．You are lucky B．The best of luck C．Thank you D．Good—bye 四、Asking and Directing the Way 1、—Excuse me, can you tell me where the nearest bus stop is? —I'm sorry, I have no idea. I . A．don't know B．am a strager here C．am new D．just come 2、— will it take me to walk there? — About ten minutes. A．How far B．How long C．How much D．What far 3、—Excuse me, is there a cinema around here? —Yes, please go , then turn right the first crossing. A．before, on B．ahead, at C．along, of D．forward, to 4、—Excuse me, officer. I can't find the subway entrance. —See those glass doors? Go in and you will see it on your right. A．Can you help me? B．Where is it? C．Show me the way? D．You are very helpful 5、—Is your school far from here? —Not very far, . A．it is about ten minutes' walk B．it nees to walk ten minutes C．you need walking ten minutes D．it is about ten—minutes walk 6、—Could you tell me where the train station is? — . A．It's over there B．It's on the third floor C．No, I know little D．Yes, it's there 7、—Excuse me, is this Mr. Brown's office? —I'm sorry, but Mr. Brown works here. A．not now B．no more C．not still D．no longer 8、—Excuse me, can you tell me the way to the Sleeping Beauty Castle? —Yes, . A．Go down this road B． Go ahead till you see the entrance C．It's not far from here D．You can walk there 五、Asking for Time and Date 1、— ? —It's the third of May? A．What day is it B．What's the date C．What's the time D．What's the clock 2、— ? —I'm sorry, my watch has stopped. A．When is it B．How much is it C．What is the time D．What's the clock 3、—Is your watch right? —I think so. I set it the radio this morning. A．to B．of C．by D．through 4、—What day is it today? — . A．July 27 B．Saturday C．the 27 of July D．Women's Day 5、—How long has this bookshop been in business? — 1982. A．After B．In C．From D．Since 6、—When are you off? — at 21:24. —I hope you will have a good flight. A．My bus leaves B．My plane takes off C．My train goes D．My coach goes 7、— will the work be ready? — two months. A．How long, After B．How often, For C．How soon, In D．How much, During 8、—Is your watch correct? —Yes, my watch . A．runs well B．keeps good time C．keeps right D．never stops 六、Asking about Health 1、—How's your brother these days? —He hasn't been to well. — What's the matter? A．It's bad. B．I'm sorry to here that. C．Very badly. D．Why? 2、—I haven't seen Bob lately. —As a matter of fact, he is ill. A．Where is he? B．Why? C．How is he? D．What does he do? 3、—You sound as if you've got a cold. . — . —Get a good rest. A．Yes, as if B．I've been over—working C．I don't think so D．I hope not 4、—I'm afraid I've got a bad cold. — . A．Never mind B．Keep away from me C．Better go and see a doctor D．You need to take medicine 5、—John has caught a bad cold. — . A．It's too bad B．I don't believe it C．I'm sorry to hear that D．Take it easy 6、— , Wang? —I've got a headache and I feel chilly. A．What's wrong B．What the matter is C．What is matter D．How about you 7、—My stomach hurts. I feel sick. —For safety's sake, . A．go to see a doctor tomorrow B．Better to go to hospital C．you'd better see a doctor at once D．Quick go to hospital 七、Talking about Weather 1、—It seems to be clearing up. —That will be a nice change, ? A．isn't it B．won't it C．can't it D．doesn't it 2、—How cold is it today? — . A．Just so—so B．not too C．It's ten below zero D．Yes, it is 3、— ? —It's very cold and damp. A．What's the weather B．How's the weather today C．Is it raining last night D．Might it have rained a lot 4、—Do you like the weather in North China? —Not really, but now. A．I fit it B．I am used to it C．I used to it D．I agree to it 5、—I wonder what the weather is going to be like tomorrow? — . —That's a good idea. A．Let's look through the paper B．Let's listen to the weather report on the radio C．Better be care of the radio D．Pay attention to the radio 6、— . —It certainly is. The sun is shining and there is a pleasant breeze. —It's lovely. A．What nice it is B．How nice it is here C．It is like spring here D．What a good day here 7、—What a nice day, isn't it? — A．You're right. B．Yes, isn't it? C．Yes, I agree. D．Really? 8、— ? —Yes, a bit cold, though. A．Cold weather, isn't it B．Bad weather, don't you think C．Freezing, isn't it D．Nice day, isn't it 9、— today? —It's nice and warm. A．What's the weather B．What's the weather like C．How is the weather like D．How does the weather look like 10、—Do you think it is going to snow over the weekend? — . A．I don't believe B．I don't believe it C．I believe not so D．I believe not 八、Invitations 1、—Would you like to come around for a meal on my birthday? —Oh, yes. Thank you very much. A．When is your birthday? B．What day is your birthday? C．When were you born? D．What time is your birthday? 2、—Have you got anything to do tomorrow? — . A．Yes, a lot of B．No, I won't be busy C．Certainly have D．Oh, that's a pity 3、—Would you like to come to the cinema, Frank? — I have to do my homework. A．I don't, I'm afraid. B．I can't, I'm afraid. C．I'm sorry. D．Oh, pity! 4、—Helen, I'd be glad if you would come and have tea with us on Friday. — . A．I try to go B．Many thanks for your kind invitation, I will C．I am very busy D．I must go 5、—How about going to "Grand" for dinner? — . It's a long time since we had a good meal. A．well B．That sounds like a good idea C．Thank you D．But I'm too busy 6、—Do you have to go? Can't you stay and have a meal? — I really think I must be off now. A．I'd love to, but B．Yes, I must C．No, I don't have to but D．Yes, I can, but 7、—Would you like to come to the party tomorrow? — . A．I'd like B．I like it C．I'd like to D．I'd like it 8、—Will you be able to come and see us on Friday? — . I will have to work. A．I believe yes B．I don't hope so C．I won't be able to D．I'm afraid not 9、—Shall I call for you of will you call for me? —You'd better come for me, ? A．can you B．OK C．really D．would you 10、—Would you like to come to dinner tonight? —I'd like to, I'm too busy. A．and B．so C．as D．but 九、Making an Appointment 1、—Good morning, I'd like to see Mr. Baker, please. —Mr. Baker is quite busy. . A．You can't see him B．You won't be able to see him C．I'm afraid you won't be able to see him today. D．Please come next time. 2、—Will you be able to come to see us sometime next month? — . A．I believe yes B．I don't hope so C．I won't be able to D．I'm afraid not 3、—When will you be free this month, Mr. Smith? — , maybe we'll be free next Sunday. A．Let me be B．Let me seeC．I'm afraid D．Think it over 4、—What time can I call on you? —Any time this evening will be . A．OK B．right C．good D．free 5、—I'm sorry to say that I can't come to your party tonight. — ? Haven't we agreed on? A．What is it B．What is it now C．How is it D．What do you think 6、—I have an appointment with Mr. Black. My name is John Brown. —Ah, yes, your appointment is at 4:15. , please, Mr. Brown? A．Wait a minute B．May you wait C．Can you wait a minute D．Take it easy 7、—I'm sorry to keep you waiting. —Oh, not at all. I here only a few minutes. A．have been B．had been C．was D．will be 8、—I'll come back tomorrow evening at nine. Can you meet me at the airport? — . A．All right B．All right. Nice to see you C．OK, wait for me D．All right. See you then 9、—Will you be at home next Sunday? — A．Yes, but why? B．No, never mind. C．Not at all. D．Yes, of course not. 10、—Don't forget to come to my birthday party tomorrow. — . A．I don't B．I won't C．I can't D．I haven't 十、Making a phone call 1、—Hello, is Henry in? —I'm sorry, he isn't here. ? A．What's the matter B．May I help you C．Is there anything D．Who are you 2、—Could you ask him to call me, please? — ! What's your name, please? A． Sure B．Oh C．Yes D．Well 3、— ? —Sure, it's 65250786. A．What's your telephone number B．Can I have your telephone number C．Can I help you D．Can you make your telephone number 4、The operator put him to 65250786. A．over B．on C．through D．in 5、—Would you please tell John I called? — , please. A．Hold on B．Hold up C．Hold over D．Hold out 6、—Is this number 61234567? — . A．No, you are wrong B．Sorry, you've got the wrong phone C．No, you've dialed the wrong number D．No, you are right 7、—Hello. May I speak to Zhou Lan? —Yes. . A．My name is Zhou Lan B．I'm Zhou Lan C．This is Zhou Lan speaking D．Zhou Lan's me 8、—Do you want to have a message? —No, thanks. I in half an hour. A．will call again B．can call C．may phone him D．would call 十一、Shopping 1、—I'd like to buy a ten—speed bicycle. —How about this kind of type? — ? A．How many is it B．How is it C．How much is it D．How expensive is 2、— do you want? —Half a kilo, please. A．How many apples B．What are apples C．How many apple D．How much apples 3、—What's the problem? —I'm afraid . It's a size 12 and it's too small. A．it don't suit B．it isn't fit C．it doesn't fit D．it isn't suit 4、—How much is the blue skirt? —Ten dollars. A．How many size do you want? B．What size do you take? C．How large do you want? D．What size do you dress? 5、—What about the dark blue sweater? —I like it, but it . You decide. A．costs too much B．take too much C．cost too many D．spends too much 6、—Would you mind if I looked at some of your tape recorders? — . A．I'd better to see what the boss has to say about it B．Not at all, sir. Go right ahead C．Thank you for your coming D．Yes, do that, sir 7、—Do you think the shirt really fits me? — . It goes well with your tie, too. A．Of course it does B．Yes, it does C．I am not sure D．Perhaps it does 8、—Shall I ask the shop keeper if I can . —OK. And we'd better ask Mom whether it's cheap enough. A．take it on B．try it on C．wear D．put it on 9、—How much did you the dress? —We 210 yuan for it. A．spend, pay for B．pay for, cost for C．pay for, paid D．take, pay 十二、Seeing the Doctor 1、—Well, ? —I feel hot and feverish. A．how do you feel like B．what's the matter with you C．what do you feel D．what illness do you have 2、— ? —Yes, I have. My temperature seems all right. A．Do you know your temperature B．Have you taken your temperature C．Have you had your temperature D．Do you have your temperature 3、—Oh, doctor. Are you sure it's nothing serious? —Yes, . I'm sure of that. A．he'll well soon B．he can be right quickly C．he'll be all right soon D．he'll be good soon 4、—You haven't had your lunch? —I had a little, but . A．I didn't feel like eating B．I didn't feel like to eat C．I didn't like to eating D．I didn't want to eating 5、— ? —I'm feeling even worse after taking the medicine. A．Are you feeling better B．How are you feeling C．How are you getting on D．How are you going 6、—How about your headache now? —I can't get rid of it. I don't know what's the matter. —Take it easy. . —Thank you, doctor. A．Take this medicine before you go to bed B．Drink plenty of water and take a good rest C．Take this medicine a day three times D．Go home and lie in bed for a good rest 7、—My whole body feels weak and I've got a headache. — ? A．How long ago did you get it this B．How long have you been like this C．How soon have you got it D．How soon have you liked this 十三、Requests and Offers 1、—Can I count on you for help? — A．As you like. B．I'm sorry. C．Yes, you certainly can D．Why do you ask? 2、—Could you spare me some ink? — . A．Yes, of course B．Not at all C．Yes, I cold D．Never mind 3、—Let me help you carry the box. —No, I can manage, but . A．not at all B．it doesn't matter C．thank you just the same D．the same to you 4、—Will you make me a kite? — . A．I'm glad B．I'll be glad C．I'm going to glad D．I'll be glad to 5、—You seem to get lost. Need help? — A．Yes, would you help me with the bag? B．Yes, take me please. C．Help me find the key, please. D．I'm looking for Shanghai Road. 6、—I'll be away on a business trip. Would you mind looking after my cat? —Not at all. . A．I've no time B．I'd rather not C．I'd like it D．I'd be happy to 7、If you want to ask someone for help, which drills shouldn't you say ? A．Could you do me a favor B．Would you do me a favor C．May I ask a favor of you D．Can you give me a help 8、—Can I have some meat? —Certainly, just . A．take it as you like B．eat it as you please C．help yourself D．help yourself at home 十四、Asking for Permission 1、—Would you mind if I played the violin here? — . A．No, you won't B．No, do as you please C．Yes, I don't mind D．Yes, do as you please 2、—May I stop here? —No, you . A．mustn't B．might not C．needn't D．won't 3、—Shall I tell John about it? —No, you . I've told him already. A．needn't B．wouldn't C．mustn't D．shouldn't 4、—Can I use your tape recorder for a while? —Yes, . A．go ahead B．you can't broke it C．all right D．no, sorry 5、 ? I didn't quite catch you. A．Will you please repeat it again B．Pardon C．What did you say D．Say it again now 6、Dick wants to go to the toilet during the class. He puts up his hand and says to his teacher: A．Excuse me, I can't stand any longer. B．Will you please let me go? C．Please, sir, may I be excused? D．I must go outside. 7、—Can I go and have a look at it? —Yes, of course. . A．After me B．Come this way C．You may look D．This direction 十五、Advice and Suggestions 1、—I usually go there by train. —Why not by boat for a change? A．to try going B．trying to go C．to try and go D．try going 2、—I'd like information about the management of your hotel. —Well, you could have word with the manager, he might be helpful A．some, a B．an, some C．some, some D．an, a 3、—I'm afraid I've got a bad cold. — . A．Never mind B．Keep away from the medicine C．Better go and see a doctor D．You need take a medicine 4、—I can't see the words on the blackboard. —Perhaps you need . A．to examine your eyes B．to have your eyes examined C．to have examined your eyes D．your eyes to be examined 5、—Let's go and see our teacher on Teachers' Day. A．That's will do B．That's all C．That's all right D．All right 【答案】 一、Greetings: 1、B 2、B 3、B 4、C 5、A 6、B 7、B 8、A 9、B 10、C 11、C 12、A 13、A 二、Introduction: 1、A 2、D 3、D 4、A 5、C 6、D 7、A 三、Farewells: 1、B 2、D 3、B 4、B 5、A 6、B 7、C 8、A 9、B 10、B 四、Asking and Directing the Way: 1、B 2、B 3、B 4、A 5、A 6、A 7、D 8、B 五、Asking for Time and Date: 1、B 2、C 3、C 4、B 5、D 6、B 7、C 8、B 六、Asking about Health: 1、B 2、C 3、B 4、C 5、C 6、A 7、C 七、Talking about Weather: 1、B 2、C 3、B 4、B 5、B 6、B 7、B 8、D 9、B 10、D 八、Invitation: 1、B 2、B 3、B 4、B 5、B 6、A 7、C 8、D 9、B 10、D 九、Making an Appointment: 1、C 2、D 3、B 4、A 5、C 6、C 7、A 8、D 9、A 10、B 十、Making a Phone Call: 1、B 2、A 3、B 4、C 5、A 6、C 7、C 8、A 十一、Shopping: 1、C 2、A 3、C 4、B 5、A 6、B 7、A 8、B 9、C 十二、Seeing the Doctor: 1、B 2、B 3、C 4、A 5、B 6、A 7、B 十三、Requests and Offers: 1、C 2、A 3、C 4、D 5、D 6、D 7、D 8、C 十四、Asking for Permission: 1、B 2、A 3、A 4、A 5、B 6、C 7、B 十五、Advice and Suggestions: 1、D 2、A 3、C 4、B 5、D 十二、非谓语动词 知识要点： 一、非谓语动词种类及句法功能 （一）概述： 在英语中，不作句子谓语，而具有除谓语外其他语法功能的动词，叫做非谓语动词。非 谓语动词有动词不定式（the Infinitive）；动名词（the Gerund）；现在分词（the Present Participle）；过去分词（the Past Participle）。 1、非谓语动词与谓语动词的相同点有： 1）如果是及物动词都可与宾语连用，例如： They built a garden. They suggested building a garden. 2）都可以被状语修饰： The suit fits him very well. The suit used to fit him very well. 3）都有主动与被动, “体”式（一般式；进行式；完成式）的变化。例如： He was punished by his parents.（谓语动词被动语态） He avoided being punished by his parents.（动名词的被动式） We have written the composition.（谓语动词的完成时） Having written the composition, we handed it in.（现在分词的完成式） 4）都可以有逻辑主语 They started the work at once.（谓语动词的逻辑主语） The boss ordered them to start the work.（动词不定式的逻辑主语） We are League members.（谓语动词的主语） We being League member, the work was well done.（现在分词的逻辑主语） 2、非谓语动词与谓语动词的不同点有： 1）非谓语动词可以有名词作用（如动词不定式和动名词），在句中做主语、宾语、表语。 2）非谓语动词可以有形容词作用（如动词不定式和分词），在句中做定语、表语或宾语 补足语。 3）非谓语动词可以有副词作用（如动词不定式和分词），在句中作状语。 （二）非谓语动词的句法功能： 句子成分 非谓语 主语 表语 宾语 补语 定语 状语 同位语 不定式        动名词    （极少）   现在分词     过去分词     二、非谓语动词用法： （一）动词不定式：（to）+do，具有名词、形容词、副词的特征。 1、不定式的形式： 主 动 被 动 一般式 to write to be written 进行式 to be writing / 完成式 to have written to have been written 否定式：not + (to) do 1）一般式：不定式的一般式所表示的动作与谓语动词动作同时发生或发生在谓语动词 动作之后，例如： I’m glad to meet you. He seems to know a lot. We plan to pay a visit. He wants to be an artist. The patient asked to be operated on at once. The teacher ordered the work to be done. 2）进行式：不定式的进行式所表示的动作与谓语动词动作同时发生，例如： The boy pretended to be working hard. He seems to be reading in his room. 3）完成式：不定式的完成式表示的动作发生在谓语动词动作之前，例如： I regretted to have told a lie. I happened to have seen the film. He is pleased to have met his friend. 2、不定式的句法功能： 1）作主语： To finish the work in ten minutes is very hard. To lose your heart means failure. 动词不定式短语作主语时，常用形式主语 it 作形式主语，例如上面两句可用如下形式： It is very hard to finish the work in ten minutes. It means failure to lose your heart. 2）作表语： Her job is to clean the hall. He appears to have caught a cold. 3）作宾语： 常与不定式做宾语连用的动词有：want, hope, wish, offer, fail, plan, learn, pretend, refuse, manage, help, agree, promise, prefer, 如果不定式（宾语）后面有宾语补足语，则用 it 作形式 宾语，真正的宾语（不定式）后置，放在宾语补足语后面，例如： Marx found it important to study the situation in Russia. 动词不定式也可充当介词宾语，如： I have no choice but to stay here. He did nothing last Sunday but repair his bike. 动词不定式前有时可与疑问词连用，如： He gave us some advice on how to learn English. 4）作宾语补足语： 在复合宾语中，动词不定式可充当宾语补足语，如下动词常跟这种复合宾语: want, wish, ask, tell, order, beg, permit, help, advise, persuade, allow, prepare, cause, force, call on, wait for, invite. 此外，介词有时也与这种复合宾语连用，如： With a lot of work to do, he didn’t go to the cinema. 有些动词如 make, let, see, watch, hear, feel, have 等与不带有 to 的不定式连用，但改为被 动语态时，不定式要加 to, 如： I saw him cross the road. He was seen to cross the road. 5）作定语： 动词不定式作定语，放在所修饰的名词或代词后。与所修饰名词有如下关系： A）动宾关系： I have a meeting to attend. 注意：不定式为不及物动词时，所修饰的名词如果是地点、工具等，应有必要的介词， 如： He found a good house to live in. The child has nothing to worry about. What did you open it with? 如果不定式修饰 time, place, way，可以省略介词： He has no place to live. This is the best way to work out this problem. 如果不定式所修饰名词是不定式动作承受者，不定式可用主动式也可用被动式： Have you got anything to sent? Have you got anything to be sent? B）说明所修饰名词的内容： We have made a plan to finish the work. C）被修饰名词是不定式逻辑主语： He is the first to get here. 6）作状语： A）表目的： He worked day and night to get the money. She sold her hair to buy the watch chain. 注意不定式放句首时，逻辑主语与句子主语要一致： wrong：To save money, every means has been tried. right: To save money, he has tried every means. wrong：To learn English well, a dictionary is needed. right: To learn English well, he needs a dictionary. B）表结果： He arrived late to find the train gone. 常用 only 放在不定式前表示强调： I visited him only to find him out. C）表原因： They were very sad to hear the news. D）表程度： It’s too dark for us to see anything. The question is simple for him to answer. 7）作独立成分： To tell you the truth, I don’t like the way he talked. 8）不定式的省略：保留 to 省略 do 动词。 If you don’t want to do it, you don’t need to. 9）不定式的并列：第二个不定式可省略 to。 He wished to study medicine and become a doctor. （二）动名词： 动名词既具有动词的一些特征，又具有名词的句法功能。 1、动名词的形式： 语 态 式 主动语态 被动语态 一般式 doing being done 完成式 having done having been done 否定式：not + 动名词 1）一般式： Seeing is believing. 眼见为实。 2）被动式： He came to the party without being invited. 他未被邀请就来到了晚会。 3）完成式： We remembered having seen the film. 我们记得看过这部电影。 4）完成被动式： He forgot having been taken to Guangzhou when he was five years old. 他忘记五岁时曾被 带到广州去过。 5）否定式：not + 动名词 I regret not following his advice. 我后悔没听他的劝告。 6）复合结构：物主代词（或名词所有格）+ 动名词 He suggested our trying it once again. 他建议我们再试一次。 His not knowing English troubled him a lot. 他不懂英语给他带来许多麻烦。 2、动名词的句法功能： 1）作主语： Reading aloud is very helpful. 朗读是很有好处的。 Collecting stamps is interesting. 集邮很有趣。 当动名词短语作主语时常用 it 作形式主语。 It’s no use quarrelling. 争吵是没用的。 2）作表语： In the ant city, the queen’s job is laying eggs. 在蚂蚁王国，蚁后的工作是产卵。 3）作宾语： They haven’t finished building the dam. 他们还没有建好大坝。 We have to prevent the air from being polluted. 我们必须阻止空气被污染。 注意动名词既可作动词宾语也可作介词宾语，如上面两个例句。此外，动名词作宾语时， 若跟有宾语补足语，则常用形式宾语 it，例如： We found it no good making fun of others. 我们发现取笑他人不好。 要记住如下动词及短语只跟动名词作宾语： enjoy, finish, suggest, avoid（避免）, excuse ,delay, imagine, keep, miss, consider, admit（承 认），deny（否认）, mind, permit, forbid, practise, risk（冒险）, appreciate（感激）, be busy, be worth, feel like, can’t stand, can’t help, think of, dream of, be fond of, prevent…(from),keep … from,stop…（from）,protect…from,set about, be engaged in, spend…(in), succeed in, be used to, look forward to, object to, pay attention to, insist on, feel like 4）作定语： He can’t walk without a walking-stick. 他没有拐杖不能走路。 Is there a swimming pool in your school. 你们学校有游泳池吗？ 5）作同位语： The cave, his hiding-place is secret. 那个山洞，他藏身的地方很秘密。 His habit, listening to the news on the radio remains unchanged. 他收听收音机新闻节目 的习惯仍未改变。 （三）现在分词： 现在分词既具有动词的一些特征，又具有形容词和副词的句法功能。 1、现在分词的形式： 现在 及 物 动 词 write 不及物动词 go 分词 主动语态 被动语态 主动语态 一般式 writing being written going 完成式 having written having been written having gone 否定式：not + 现在分词 1）现在分词的主动语态：现在分词主动语态的一般式表示与谓语动词所表示的动作同 时发生，完成式表示的动作在谓语动词所表示的动作之前发生，常作状语。例如： They went to the park, singing and talking. 他们边唱边说向公园走去。 Having done his homework, he played basket-ball. 做完作业，他开始打兰球。 2）现在分词的被动语态：一般式表示与谓语动词同时发生的被动的动作，完成式表示 发生在谓语动词之前的被动的动作。 The problem being discussed is very important. 正在被讨论的问题很重要。 Having been told many times, the naughty boy made the same mistake. 被告诉了好几遍， 这个淘气的孩子又犯了同一个错误。 2、现在分词的句法功能： 1）作定语：现在分词作定语，当分词单独做定语时，放在所修饰的名词前，如果是分 词短语做定语放在名词后。 In the following years he worked even harder. 在后来的几年中，他学习更努力了。 The man speaking to the teacher is our monitor’s father. 正与老师谈话的那个人是我们班 长的父亲。 现在分词作定语相当于一个定语从句的句法功能，如：in the following years 也可用 in the years that followed, the man speaking 可改为 the man who is speaking. 2）现在分词作表语： The film being shown in the cinema is exciting. 正在这家上演的电影很棒。 The present situation is inspiring. 当前的形势鼓舞人心。 be + doing 既可能表示现在进行时，也可能是现在分词做表语，它们的区别在于 be + doing 表示进行的动作是进行时，而表示特征时是系动词 be 与现在分词构成系表结构。 3）作宾语补足语： 如下动词后可跟现在分词作宾语补足语： see, watch, hear, feel, find, get, keep, notice, observe, listen to, look at, leave, catch 等。例 如： Can you hear her singing the song in the next room? 你能听见她在隔壁唱歌吗？ He kept the car waiting at the gate. 他让小汽车在门口等着。 4）现在分词作状语： A）作时间状语： (While) Working in the factory, he was an advanced worker. 在工厂工作时，他是一名先进 工人。 B）作原因状语： Being a League member, he is always helping others. 由于是共青团员，他经常帮助他人。 C）作方式状语，表示伴随： He stayed at home, cleaning and washing. 他呆在家里，又擦又洗。 D）作条件状语： (If) Playing all day, you will waste your valuable time. 要是整天玩，你就会浪费宝贵的时 间。 E）作结果状语： He dropped the glass, breaking it into pieces. 他把杯子掉了，结果摔得粉碎。 F）作目的状语： He went swimming the other day. 几天前他去游泳了。 G）作让步状语： Though raining heavily, it cleared up very soon. 虽然雨下得很大，但不久天就晴了。 H）与逻辑主语构成独立主格： I waiting for the bus, a bird fell on my head. 我等汽车时，一只鸟落到我头上。 All the tickets having been sold out, they went away disappointedly. 所有的票已经卖光了， 他们失望地离开了。 Time permitting, we’ll do another two exercises. 如果时间允许，我们将做另两个练习。 有时也可用 with (without) +名词（代词宾格）+分词形式 With the lights burning, he fell asleep. 他点着灯睡着了。 H）作独立成分： Judging from(by) his appearance, he must be an actor. 从外表看，他一定是个演员。 Generally speaking, girls are more careful. 一般说来，女孩子更细心。 （四）过去分词： 过去分词只有一种形式：规则动词由动词原形加词尾-ed 构成。不规则动词的过去分词 没有统一的规则要求，要一一记住。 过去分词的句法功能： 1、过去分词作定语： Our class went on an organized trip last Monday. 上周一我们班开展了一次有组织的旅 行。 Those elected as committee members will attend the meeting. 当选为委员的人将出席这 次会。 注意当过去分词是单词时，一般用于名词前，如果是过去分词短语，就放在名词的后面。 过去分词做定语相当于一个被动语态的定语从句。 2、过去分词作表语： The window is broken. 窗户破了。 The were frightened at the sad sight. 他们对眼前悲惨的景象感到很害怕。 注意 be + 过去分词，如果表示状态是系表结构，如果表示被动的动作是被动语态。区 别： The window is broken.（系表） The window was broken by the boy.（被动） 有些过去分词是不及物动词构成的，不表示被动，只表示完成。如： boiled water（开水） fallen leaves（落叶） newly arrived goods（新到的货） the risen sun（升起的太阳） the changed world（变了的世界） 这类过去分词有：gone, come, fallen, risen, changed, arrived, returned, passed 等。 3、过去分词作宾语补足语： I heard the song sung several times last week. 上周我听见这首歌被唱了好几次。 有时过去分词做 with 短语中的宾语补足语： With the work done, they went out to play. 工作做完了，他们出去玩去了。 4、过去分词作状语： Praised by the neighbours, he became the pride of his parents. 受到邻居们的表扬，他成为 父母的骄傲。（表示原因） Once seen, it can never be forgotten. 一旦它被看见，人们就忘不了。（表示时间） Given more time, I’ll be able to do it better. 如果给予更多的时间，我能做得更好。（表示 条件） Though told of the danger, he still risked his life to save the boy. 虽然被告之危险，他仍然 冒生命危险去救那个孩子。（表示让步） Filled with hopes and fears, he entered the cave. 心中充满了希望与恐惧，他走进山洞。 5、过去分词与逻辑主语构成独立主格： All books returned at the end of the term, the library assistant was satisfied. 所有的书期末 时都还了，图书管理员很高兴。 The field ploughed, he began to spread seed. 地耕好了，他开始撒种子。 非谓语动词用法对比 知识要点： 一、不定式与动名词做主语： 1、动名词做主语往往表示普通的、一般的行为，不定式做主语常表示某次具体的行为。 例如： Collecting information about children’s health is his job. 收集有关儿童健康的信息是他的 工作。 It’s necessary to discuss the problem with an experienced teacher. 与一位有经验的老师讨 论这个问题是有必要的。 2、常用不定式做主语的句型有： （1）It’s difficult (important, necessary) for sb. to do （2）It’s kind (good, friendly, polite, careless, rude, cruel, clever, foolish, brave) of sb. to do. 3、常用动名词做主语的句型有： It’s no good (use, fun) doing. It’s (a) waste of time one’s doing. It’s worth while doing. 二、不定式、动名词、分词做表语： 1、不定式做表语常表示谓语动词所表示动作之后发生的动作。 His teaching aim of this class is to train the students’ speaking ability. 他这节课的教学目的 是要训练学生说的能力。 2、动名词做表语是对主语内容的解释，这时主语与表语位置可以互换，动名词常用于 口语中。 Its full-time job is laying eggs. 它的（指蚁后）的专职工作是产卵。 3、现在分词做表语表示主语的性质与特征；进行时表示正在进行的动作。 The task of this class is practising the idioms. （现在分词做表语） With the help of the teacher, the students are practising the idioms. （现在进行时） 4、常用作表语的现在分词有：interesting, amusing, disappointing, missing, puzzling, exciting, inspiring, following 等。现在分词表示进行与主动。 The joke is amusing .这笑话很逗人。 The problem is puzzling. 这个问题令人不解。 5、过去分词作表语表示主语所处的被动状态或完成某动作的状态。而被动语态表示主 语所承受的动作。 The village is surrounded by high mountains.（过去分词做表语） The enemy was surrounded by the Red Army.（被动语态） He is well educated.（过去分词做表语） He has been educated in this college for three years.（被动语态） 常用在句中做表语的过去分词有： used, closed, covered, interested, followed, satisfied, surrounded, done, lost, decided, prepared, saved, shut, won, completed, crowded, dressed, wasted, broken, married, unexpected 等。 6、注意如下动词的现在分词与过去分词用法不同： interest（使…感兴趣），surprise（使…吃惊），frighten（使…害怕），excite（使…兴奋）， tire（使…疲劳），please（使…满意），puzzle（使…迷惑不解），satisfy（使…满意），amuse （使…娱乐），disappoint（使…失望），inspire（使…欢欣鼓舞），worry（使…忧虑） 它们的现在分词常修饰物（有时修饰人），表示主动，过去分词常修饰人，表示被动（包 括某人的 look、voice 等）。例如： Climbing is tiring. 爬山很累人。 They are very tired. 他们很疲劳 After hearing the exciting news, he gave a speech in an excited voice. 三、不定式与动名词做宾语： 1、下列动词跟不定式做宾语： want, wish, hope, expect, ask, pretend, care, decide, happen, long, offer, refuse, fail, plan, prepare, order, cause, afford, beg, manage, agree, promise 等。 2、在下列动词或动词短语后用动名词做宾语： enjoy, finish, suggest, avoid, excuse, delay, imagine, keep, miss, appreciate, be busy, be worth, feel like, can’t stand, can’t help, think of, dream of, be fond of, prevent…(from), keep… from, stop…(from), protect…from, set about, be engaged in, spend…(in), succeed in, be used to, look forward to, object to, pay attention to, insist on 等。 3、在 forget, remember, stop, regret, try, mean 等动词后跟不定式与动名词意义不同，不 定式表示谓语动词之后的动作，而动名词表示的动作发生在谓语动词之前，常用一般式 doing 代替完成式 having done. He forgot to tell me to post the letter.（他忘了叫我发信。） I shall never forget finding that rare stamp on an ordinary envelope. 我永远也忘不了在一 个普通信封上发现了那枚珍贵的邮票。 Remember to write to us when you get there. 到那里，记得给我们写信。 I don’t remember meeting him. 我不记得见过他。 I regret to tell you that I can’t go to your birth-day party. 我很遗憾告诉你我不能去参加你 的生日晚会了。 They regretted agreeing to the plan. 他们后悔同意这个计划。 He tried to pretend to share in the pleasure with his friend. 他尽力假装与朋友分享欢乐。 She tried reading a novel, but that couldn’t make her forget her sorrow. 她试着看看小说， 但也不能使她忘记伤心事。 I didn’t mean to hurt you. 我没有企图伤害你。 A friend indeed means helping others for nothing in return. 真正的朋友意指不图回报地帮 助别人。 4、动名词作 need, want, require, be worth 的宾语时，用主动式代替被动式。 The washing-machine needs repairing.（或用：needs to be repaired）这台洗衣机需要修理。 The point wants referring to. 这一点要提到。 This English novel is worth reading. 这本英文小说值得一读。 The situation in Russian required studying. 俄国形式需要研究。 四、不定式与分词在句中做宾语补足语： 1、以下动词后跟不定式做宾语补足语： ask, tell, beg, allow, want, like, hate, force, invite, persuade, advise, order, cause, encourage, wait for, call on, permit, forbid The doctor advised him to stay in bed for another few days. 医生嘱咐他再卧床休息几天。 We wish him to remain and accept the post. 我们希望他留下来接受这个职位。（注意 hope 后不跟不定式做宾补。） 2、有些动词后的复合宾语用不带“to“的不定式，这些动词有：see, watch, notice, hear, feel, make, let, have 等。例如： We noticed him enter the house. 我们留意到他进了那所房子。 The boss made them work twelve hours a day. 老板让他们一天干 12 小时工作。 注意当 make、have 不做“迫使、让”讲，而做“制造、有”解时，跟带有 to 的不定式 做状语。 Mother made a cake to celebrate his birthday. 妈妈做了一个蛋糕给他庆贺生日。 He had a meeting to attend. 他有个会要开。 3、下列动词后的复合宾语用分词做宾补：see, watch, notice, observe, hear, feel, make, set, have, leave, keep, find 等。用现在分词还是用过去分词做宾补，要看分词与宾语的关系。例： We heard him singing the song when we came in. 当我们进来的时候，听见他正唱那首 歌。 We have heard the song sung twice. 我们听过这首歌唱过两遍了。 五、非谓语动词做定语： 1、不定式做定语放在所修饰的名词后，表示在谓语动词之后发生的动作或过去的某一 特定动作。例如： He had no house to live in but a lot of work to do. 他没有房子住却有好多活要干。 Our monitor is the first to arrive. 我们班长是第一个到的。 2、动名词与现在分词做定语的区别： 动名词做定语说明所修饰名词的用途；现在分词做定语，表示所修饰名词进行的动作。 a walking stick 拐杖（动名词做定语，意为 a stick for walking） a sleeping car 卧铺车厢（动名词做定语，意为 a car for sleeping） the rising sun 正在升起的太阳（现在分词做定语，意为 the sun which was rising） the changing world 变化中的世界（现在分词做定语，意为 the world which is changing） 3、现在分词与过去分词做定语的区别：过去分词做定语表示完成或被动的动作，现在 分词做定语表示主动或进行的动作。如： a piece of disappointing news 使人失望的消息（意同 a piece of news which disappointed us） in the following years 在后来的几年中（意同 in the years that followed） a well dressed woman 衣着讲究的女士（意同 a woman who is dressed well） a car parked at the gate 停在门口的小汽车（意同 a car which was parked at the gate） 六、不定式与分词做状语： 1、不定式做状语，只表示目的、结果或原因： He hurried home only to find his money stolen. 他匆忙赶到家中，发现钱被盗了。（结果 状语） To make himself heard, he raised his voice. 为了被听清楚，他提高了嗓门。（目的状语） All of us are surprised to see his rapid progress. 看到他的进步，我们都很吃惊。(原因状语) 2、分词做状语可表示时间、条件、原因、伴随、让步、方式： Seen from the top of the hill, the town is beautiful. 从山上看，这座城市很美。（条件状语） Coming into the room, he found his father angry. 当走进房间时，他发现父亲生气了。（时 间状语） Being tired, they went on working. 虽然累了，但他们继续工作。（让步状语） Having been hit by the big boy on the nose, the little boy began to cry. 由于被大孩子打了 鼻子，那个小男孩哭了。（原因状语） He put a finger in his mouth, tasted it and smiled, looking rather pleased. 他把一个手指放 进嘴里，尝了尝，笑了，看起来挺高兴。（伴随状语） 【专项训练】： 1、They knew her very well. They had seen her up from childhood. A．grow B．grew C．was growing D．to grow 2、Tom kept quiet about the accident lose his job. A．so not as to B．so as not to C．so as to not D．not so as to 3、She reached the top of the hill and stopped on a big rock by the side of the path. A．to have rested B．resting C．to rest D．rest 4、The next morning she found the man in bed, dead. A．lying B．lie C．lay D．laying 5、Only one of these books is . A．worth to read B．worth being read C．worth of reading D．worth reading 6、The squirrel was lucky that it just missed . A．catching B．to be caught C．being caught D．to catch 7、Most of the people to the party were famous scientists. A．invited B．to invite C．being invited D．inviting 8、She didn’t remember him before. A．having met B．have met C．to meet D．to having met 9、 ——Good morning. Can I help you? ——I’d like to have this package , madam. A．be weighed B．to be weighed C．to weigh D．weighed 10、There was a terrible noise the sudden burst of light. A．followed B．following C．to be followed D．being followed 11、The murderer was brought in, with his hands behind. A．being tied B．having tied C．to be tied D．tied 12、On Saturday afternoon, Mrs. Green went to the market, some bananas and visited her cousin. A．bought B．buying C．to buy D．buy 13、The secretary worked late into the night, a long speech for the president. A．to prepareB．preparing C．prepared D．was preparing 14、I can hardly imagine Peter across the Atlantic Ocean in five days. A．sail B．to sail C．sailing D．to have sailed 15、John was made the truck for a week as a punishment. A．to wash B．washing C．wash D．to be washing 16、I would appreciate back this afternoon. A．you to call B．you call C．your calling D．you’re calling 17、John was so sleepy that he could hardly keep his eyes . A．open B．to be opened C．to open D．opening 18、 a reply, he decided to write again. A．Not receiving B．Receiving not C．Not having received D．Having not received 19、Charles Babbage is generally considered the first computer. A．to have invented B．inventing C．to invent D．having invented 20、 “Can’t you read?” Mary said to the notice. A．angrily pointing B．and point angrily C．angrily pointed D．and angrily pointing 21、Rather than on a crowded bus, he always prefers a bicycle. A．ride, ride B．riding, rideC．ride, to ride D．to ride, riding 22、The missing boys were last seen near the river. A．playing B．to be playing C．play D．to play 23、The visiting Minister expressed his satisfaction with the talks, that he had enjoyed his stay here. A．having added B．to add C．adding D．added 24、The first text books for teaching English as a foreign language came out in the 16th century. A．having written B．to be written C．being written D．written 25、We agreed here but so far she hasn’t turned up yet. A．having met B．meeting C．to meet D．to have met 26、——You were brave enough to raise objections at the meeting. ——Well, now I regret that. A．to do B．to be doing C．to have done D．having done 27、The patient was warned oily food after the operation. A．to eat not B．eating not C．not to eat D．not eating 28、 in thought, he almost ran into the car in front of him. A．Losting B．Having lost C．Lost D．To lose 29、——Is this raincoat yours? ——No, mine there behind the door. A．is hanging B．has hung C．hangs D．hung 30、The Olympic Games, in 776 B.C., did not include women players until 1912. A．first playing B．to be first played C．first played D．to be first playing 31、We saw the bird flap its wings and away. A．fly B．flied C．flew D．flying 32、I insisted that the dictionary to be bought at once. A．refers to B．refer C．referred D．referring 33、 , ice will be changed into water. A．Heating B．Heated C．If heating D．To be heated 34、The foreigner seemed his way. A．to be losing B．to have missed C．to have lost D．missed 35、Don’t leave me alone at home. A．to stay B．stay C．staying D．stayed 36、Whatever must well. A．is to be done, be done B．are to do, do C．is to do…be done D．are to be done, do 37、The officer ordered the wounded soldier at once. A．to operate B．be operated C．was operated on D．to be operated on 38、With the walls white , the room seems larger. A．painting B．painted C．to be painted D．has been painted 39、——Can I help you? ——I’d like to have the shoes , for they are a bit smaller. A．changing B．changed C．to be changing D．be changed 40、On hearing the news, the woman stood there . A．frightened B．frighteningC．to frighten D．to be frightened 41、 the train, they decided to wait for another. A．Missed B．Missing C．Having missed D．Being missed 42、There no bus, I had to walk home. A．is B．was C．were D．being 43、At present, there is a new airport and supermarket in the south of the town. A．built B．to be built C．being built D．is being built 44、The young man told the doctor that he didn’t need his heart . A．having, checked B．to have, checked C．having, to check D．to have, to check 45、Try the back door if nobody answers the front door. A．to knock at B．knocking at C．and knock at D．and knocking at 46、We have to do something to stop wild animals . A．killing B．to be killed C．being killed D．to kill 47、 , we plan to hold a class meeting. A．Time permitting B．Time permits C．If time is permitted D．Time permitted 48、With the boy the way, the soldiers got to the position in time. A．led B．leading C．being led D．was leading 49、The Emperor ordered the wonderful cloth for him without delay. A．to weave B．to be woven C．to have woven D．to be weaving 50、Look at his look. It seems as if he had met a tiger. A．frightened, frightening B．frightening, frightened C．frightened, frightened D．frightening, frightening 51、 , the players began the game. A．Having taken our seats B．Taking our seats C．After we took our seats D．Being taken the seats 52、 him before, she didn’t know he was her uncle. A．Not having seen B．Having not seen C．Not seeing D．Not being seen 53、 many times, but he made the same mistake again. A．Having been told B．Although he had been told C．He had been told D．Having told 54、The glass of water is too hot. I prefer some cold water. A．boiled B．boiling C．to boil D．having boiled 55、The little boy entered the classroom without . A．noticing B．noticed C．being noticed D．notice 56、We’re considering English in pairs after class. A．practising speaking B．practising to speak C．to practise speaking D．to practise to speak 57、 the mixture, the teacher showed it around the classroom. A．To see B．More students to see C．For more students to see D．Seen 58、I apologize for my promise. A．not to keep B．being kept C．not having kept D．having not kept 59、The book on the desk to her. A．lying, belonging B．lay, belong C．lying, belongs D．being lie, is belong 60、 , Mary had to stay at home to look after her. A．Being ill B．To be ill C．Her mother was ill D．Her mother being ill 61、 much English troubled him a lot. A．His not knowing B．Not he knowing C．His having not known D．His not known 62、He won’t attend the meeting unless to give a speech. A．invited B．inviting C．being invited D．he will be invited 63、He got the first and won the prize as . A．expected B．expecting C．to be expected D．expect 64、He stood there with his eyes me. A．fixing B．fixing on C．fixed to D．fixed on 65、Mother warned him after drinking. A．to never drive B．never to drive C．never driving D．never drive 66、I remember something like that. A．that he say B．him to say C．his saying D．him having said 67、Did you smell something ? A．burnt B．to burn C．to be burning D．burning 68、Because of air pollution, this city is no longer . A．a good place to live in B．a good place for living in C．a good place to live D．a good place to be lived in 69、Let the day . A．to be remembered B．remembered C．be remembered D．remember 70、His parents , the orphan is now taken care of by the villagers. A．dead B．dying C．have died D．having died 71、Would you be to do me a favour? A．as good as B．so good as C．enough good D．good enough as 72、He had us all through the party. A．laughing B．to laugh C．laugh D．laughed 73、The nurse suggested the old man , for he had a long time to wait. A．to sit down B．sit down C．would sit down D．sat down 74、Those who have questions , raise your hands. A．asked B．ask C．asking D．to ask 75、This room is used food. A．to store B．storing C．to storing D．stored 76、We can’t keep our eyes to all this. A．shut B．shutting C．to shut D．shutted 77、I don’t feel like to the cinema. A．go B．going C．gone D．to go 78、 you the truth, I don’t like the design he offered. A．Tell B．Told C．Telling D．To tell 79、 at the station, they found the train . A．Arriving, going B．Arrived, go C．Arriving, gone D．Arrived, gone 80、What he said made us . A．to surpriseB．surprise C．surprising D．surprised [答案]： 1、A 2、B 3、C 4、A 5、D 6、C 7、A 8、A 9、D 10、B 11、D 12、A 13、B 14、C 15、A 16、C 17、A 18、C 19、A 20、A 21、C 22、A 23、C 24、D 25、C 26、D 27、C 28、C 29、A 30、C 31、A 32、C 33、B 34、C 35、C 36、A 37、D 38、B 39、B 40、A 41、C 42、D 43、C 44、B 45、B 46、C 47、A 48、B 49、B 50、A 51、C 52、A 53、C 54、A 55、C 56、A 57、C 58、C 59、C 60、D 61、A 62、A 63、A 64、D 65、B 66、C 67、D 68、A 69、C 70、D 71、B 72、A 73、B 74、D 75、A 76、A 77、B 78、D 79、C 80、D 十三、The Sentences 知识要点： 句子按使用的目的可分为四类： 1、陈述句 2、疑问句 3、祈使句 4、感叹句 从结构上看句子可分为三种类型： 1、简单句 2、并列句 3、复合句 一、句子的种类（Kinds of Sentences） 1、陈述句： （1）肯定句：We love our motherland. 我们热爱祖国。 （2）否定句：They don’t go to work on Sundays. 他们星期日不上班。 说明：叙述或否定一个事实或看法。 2、疑问句： （1）一般疑问句： Are you a worker? 你是个工人吗？ Yes, I am. 是的，我是工人。 Haven’t you seen the film? No, I haven’t. 你没看过这部电影吗？没看过。 说明：以一个助动词，情态动词或动词 be 开始的问句。回答要用 yes 或 no。 （2）特殊疑问句： Who is the man? 这人是谁？ When do you watch TV? 你什么时间看电视？ What are they doing now? 他们现在正在干什么？ 说明：以一个疑问代词或疑问副词开头的句子一般要用倒装句语序（或称为疑问词加一 般疑问句） （3）选择疑问句： Do you want tea or coffee? Either will do. 你要茶水还是要咖啡？哪种都行。 Does he learn Japanese or French? He learns French. 他学日语还是学法语？他学法语。 说明：提出两个或两个以上的情况，选择一个作为答案。 （4）反意疑问句： They are going to the airport, aren’t they? 他们要去机场，是吗？ You haven’t finished your homework, have you? 你没做完作业，是吗？ 说明：提出情况或看法问对方是否同意。在陈述句后附加一个简短的疑问句，即前面句 子肯定，后为否定；前面句子否定，后为肯定。 He seldom went to bed at ten, did he? 他很少在十点钟上床睡觉？是吗？ He knows little Russian, does he? 他几乎不懂俄语，是吗？ 说明：当陈述句部分含有 never, no, hardly, seldom, little 等否定意义的副词时，附加问句 用肯定形式。 （5）祈使句： a．陈述句： Be sure to get there at eight. 八点钟一定要到那儿。 b．否定句： Don’t worry. I’ll help you out. 别担心，我会帮助你的。 说明：表示命令，请求，叮嘱，号召等，谓语动词用原形。 （6）感叹句： what + n.： What great changes we have had these years! 这几年我们有了多么大的变化啊！ What a fine day it is! 多好的天呀！ how + adj.： How brave he is! 他多么勇敢呀！ how + adv. ： How hard they are working! 他们工作多努力呀！ How time flies! 时间过得多么快呀！ How + adj. + a (an) + n. How nice a boy (he is)！=What a nice boy he is! 多么好的孩子啊！ 说明：表示说话时惊异，喜悦，气忿等情绪。what 修饰名词，how 修饰形容词、副词 或句子。 二、句子的类型（Types of Sentences） 1、简单句的句子的类型： 一个主语+一个谓语，例： The girl plays the piano every day. 那女孩每天弹钢琴。 两个主语+一个谓语，例： Tom and I are good friends. 汤姆和我是好朋友。 一个主语+两个谓语，例： He opened the door and left. 他打开门出去了。 两个主语或两个谓语或更多，例： Mr and Mrs Smith went to the market, bought some fruit and visited their friends. 史密斯夫妇去市场，买了些水果，并看望了朋友。 结构特殊：只含有一个词或一个词组，例： Hello! 喂！ Help! Help! 救命啊！救命！ Many thanks. 万分感谢。 2、简单句的基本句型（The Basic Sentence Patterns） 句型结构： （1）主语+不及物动词：S + Vi.，例： Birds fly. 鸟飞 They disappeared. 他们消失了。 （2）主 + 连系动词 + 表语：S + V + P，例： She is a university student. 她是一名大学生。 He has become a pilot. 他已成为一名飞行员。 （3）主 + 及物动词 + 宾语：S + Vt + O，例： He likes swimming. 他喜欢游泳。 We help each other. 我们互相帮助。 （4）主 + 及物动词 + 间接宾语 + 直接宾语：S + Vt + O + O，例： I told my friend the good news. 我把好消息告诉了我的朋友。 They sent us a telegram. 他们给我们拍了电报。 （5）主 + 及物动词 + 宾语 + 补语：S + Vt + O + C，例： They named the boy Jack. 他们给孩子起名叫杰克。 I want everything ready by eight o’clock. 我要求一切都要在八点前准备好。 注：S = Subject（主语）Vi=Intransitive Verbs（不及物动词）Vt=Transitive Verb（及物动 词）P=Predicative（表语）O=Object（宾语）C=Complement 补语 重点、难点： 否定陈述句要注意下列几点： （1）否定陈述句主要是在肯定句中加 not 或 no (= not a /any) 构成的，除 not 和 no 外， 用具有否定意义的副词也可构成否定陈述句。常用的词有 hardly, seldom, never, little, scarcely, barely, rarely 等。 （2）其他成分的否定形式 有些句子的结构上属于肯定式，但含有否定意义的词，可分以下几种。 否定的主语： Nobody will agree with you. 没人同意你的意见。 None of the students like the novel. 没有学生喜欢这本小说。 No student here studies Russian. 这里没有一个学生学俄语。 否定的宾语： We saw nothing in the darkness. 在黑暗中我们什么都看不见。 He will borrow the book from nobody. 他从谁那都借不来这本书。 You must remember not to be late for class. 你必须记住上课不准迟到。 否定的状语： They came here not by bike but on foot. 他不是骑车来的而是走着来的。 We could find him nowhere. 我们什么地方也找不到他。 （3）不定代词 all, both, everyone 或 everybody 用于否定句时，表示部分否定。 All the trees here are not apple trees. ( = Not all the trees here are apple trees. ) 这里的树并非都是苹果树。（有的是苹果树，有的不是。） Both of the sisters are not nurses. ( = Not both of the sisters are nurses.) 这姐儿俩并不都是护士。 Everybody can’t do it. (= Not everybody can do it. ) 并不是人人都能做这件事。 【专项训练】： 一、陈述句和疑问句： 1、They happy when they hear the news. A．will B．will be C．were D．don’t 2、—— “ Is your uncle a driver?” —— “ .” A．No, but my aunt is B．Yes, but my anut is C．No, he doesn’t D．Yes, he does 3、We satisfied with their work. A．don’t B．are not C．won’t D．weren’t being 4、He coffee at all. He tea. A．doesn’t like, prefers B．likes, doesn’t prefer C．would like, not prefers D．prefers, is not fond of 5、She me only twice since last year. A．sees B．was seeing C．has seen D．have seen 6、My grandma in the country. Now she in the city. A．used to live, lives B．used to living, lived C．uses to live, is living D．was used to live, lives 7、You make such mistakes again. A．should never B．should not always C．would always not D．would not forever 8、 “Can you drive a car?” “ .” A．Yes, and Jim can’t too B．Yes, but Jim can’t C．No, but Jim can, too D．No, but Jim can’t 9、 “Are you going to the super market?” “ No, .” A．I cycle there B．I walk there C．to the work D．I’ve already been there 10、In England tea with milk or sugar in it. A．usually drinks B．is usually drunk C．usually is drunk D．drank usually 11、 “Is she going to the post office?” “No, .” A．she doesn’t B．she goes by bike C．to the shops D．she’s on the bike 12、Tom like reading at all. He interested in playing basketball. A．doesn’t, is B．doesn’t, were C．is, does D．was, is 13、When home from work? A．do your parents come B．does your parents come C．have your parents D．our parents come 14、Which of the students the examination? A．not pass B．didn’t pass C．pass D．didn’t passed 15、They trouble lifting the heavy box. A．didn’t have many B．hadn’t a lot of C．didn’t have much D．haven’t a great deal of 16、—— “Did you have breakfast this morning? —— “ .” A．Yes, I had B．Yes, I did C．No, I hadn’t D．No, I didn’t have. 17、 colour is the cover of the dictionary? A．What B．Which C．How D．Whose 18、 “ does he brush his teeth a day?” “Twice.” A．What timeB．How long C．When D．How many times 19、There are many pictures on the wall. do you like best? A．What B．Which one C．Which of the picture D．Which one picture 20、Since when her? A．did you know B．have you known C．do you know D．you know 21、 “That ten pound note belongs to me.” “ .” A．Yes, it is B．Yes, it belongs C．No it doesn’t D．No, it isn’t 22、 “Would you rather wait or come back later?” “ .” A．I’d rather come back B．Yes, I’d rather not wait C．No, I’d rather wait D．to come back 23、 “ shoes do you take?” “Size 42.” A．Which number B．What number C．What size D．What 24、 “ is the weather like today?” “ It’s windy.” A．What B．How C．What kind D．Which 25、Would you read my composition and correct the mistakes, ? A．if have B．if any C．if ever D．if not 26、 is the distance between these two villages? A．How far B．What C．How long D．How much 27、 do you go to the cinema? Twice a month. A．How many time B．How much C．How long D．How often 28、How it in English? A．you say B．do you speak C．do you say D．to speak 29、 is the population of the city? A．How much B．How many C．How D．What 30、 did she get this information? A．Whom B．Who C．Where D．What 31、 does your watch cost? Two hundred yuan. A．How manyB．What price C．What D．How expensive 32、About do you want to know more? A．Whom B．who C．which D．what 33、——We haven’t heard from Jane for a long time. ——What do you suppose to her. A．was happening B．to happen C．has happened D．having happened 34、——Have you heard the news about Jim? ——No. What ? A．is it B．it is C．are they D．they are 35、——Would you rather go there by train or by air? —— . A．Yes, I would B．No, I wouldn’t C．Yes, by air D．By air 36、 I go or you go yourself? A．Will…will B．Shall…shall C．Shall…will D．Will…shall 37、——Do you think the question easy or not? —— . A．Yes, I do B．No, I don’t C．It is easy D．Yes, it’s easy 38、Shall we stay at home or to the park? A．to go B．going C．go D．will go 39、 writer is better known in China, Charles Dickens or Mark Twain? A．WhicheverB．Whether C．What D．Which 40、—— was the Nanjing-Changjiang Bridge open to traffic? ——It was open to traffic in 1968. A．What B．What time C．How long D．When 二、感叹句、祈使句 41、 from Beijing to London! A．How long way it is B．What a long way it is C．What a long way is it D．How long a way is it 42、Oh, John, you gave us! A．How a pleasant surprise B．How pleasant surprise C．What a pleasant surprise D．What pleasant surprise 43、 terrible weather we’ve been having these days! A．How a B．What a C．How D．What 44、 girl she is! A．What bright a B．How a bright C．How bright a D．What a bright 45、 we have today? A．How fine day B．What fine day C．How a fine day D．What a fine day 46、How flowers are! A．beautiful B．beautifullyC．beautiful the D．beautiful that 47、How ! A．does time fly B．times fly C．time flies D．flies time 48、What work he does! A．harder B．hard C．hardly D．hardest 49、 careful our monitor is! A．How a B．How C．What a D．What 50、 advice he gave us! A．What a B．How good C．What good D．How 51、 picture it is! A．What wonderful B．How a wonderful C．What wonderful a D．How wonderful a 52、 I wish to pay a visit to Hongkong! A．How do B．What do C．What D．How 53、 hardworking students they are! A．What B．What a C．What an D．How 54、 long time it lasted! A．What B．What a C．How D．How a 55、 down the radio. The baby’s sleeping in the next room. A．Turning B．To turn C．Turn D．Turned 56、Let’s football in the street. A．not to playB．not play C．don’t play D．not playing 57、 careful when you cross the street. A．Don’t be B．Do be C．Being D．Do 58、 the child all day long! A．Let, not to cry B．Not let, cry C．Don’t let, to cry D．Don’t let, cry 59、 afraid of make mistakes! A．Don’t be B．Not to be C．Not being D．Be not 60、 me again before coming. A．Calling B．To call C．Do calling D．Call 三、反意疑问句 61、You’d like some coffee, ? A．weren’t you B．wouldn’t you C．hadn’t youD．shouldn’t you 62、I don’t think he will come to the meeting, ? A．will he B．won’t he C．do I D．am I 63、Harry and his brother promised to work harder, . A．do they B．don’t they C．did they D．didn’t they 64、His father knows little about it, he? A．does B．doesn’t C．is he D．isn’t 65、We all like reading story books, ? A．do we B．do you C．don’t we D．don’t you 66、My sister seldom goes to the theatre she? A．doesn’t B．does C．is D．isn’t 67、Your father promised to buy a computer for you, he? A．often, did B．never, didn’t C．already, did D．never, did 68、Be sure to write to us, ? A．will you B．aren’t you C．would you D．can you 69、Don’t smoke in the meeting room, you? A．do you B．will you C．would D．can 70、It’s fine today. Let’s go fishing, ? A．will we B．shall we C．do we D．don’t we 71、Mary has few friend in Japan, she? A．has B．don’t C．doesn’t D．hasn’t 72、There is a beautiful lake in this city, ? A．isn’t it B．isn’t there C．is it D．hasn’t it 73、There is nothing wrong with my bike, ? A．is it B．isn’t there C．isn’t it D．is there 74、He comes late sometimes, ? A．isn’t he B．comes he C．doesn’t he D．is he 75、——You are not a new comer, are you? —— . I came here only yesterday. A．No, I am B．Yes, I am C．No, I’m not D．Yes, I’m not. 76、She could hardly believe it, ? A．couldn’t she B．could she C．didn’t she D．did she 77、You needn’t go, ? A．can you B．must you C．need you D．may you 78、You must work hard from now on, ? A．can you B．won’t you C．mustn’t you D．needn’t you 79、After walking so long a way, you must have been tired, you? A．were B．have C．haven’t D．mustn’t 80、He must have left home yesterday, he? A．hasn’t B．didn’t C．mustn’t D．needn’t 81、You don’t think I’m going out in such wet weather, ? A．am I B．do you C．don’t you D．do I 82、You’d better call in a doctor for your mother, you? A．had B．would C．hadn’t D．wouldn’t 83、You need to come earlier, you? A．don’t you B．needn’t C．don’t D．won’t 84、You dare not go alone, you? A．don’t B．do C．dare D．daren’t 85、He shouldn’t drink so much, he? A．should B．ought C．would D．will 86、Nothing can stop us doing that, ? A．can we B．can’t we C．can’t it D．can it 87、I’m late for the meeting, ? A．amn’t I B．aren’t I C．don’t I D．aren’t you 88、Nobody but I knows Japanese in my class, ? A．does he B．doesn’t he C．do they D．don’t they 89、None of the workers attended the party, ? A．did they B．did he C．didn’t he D．didn’t they 90、Everything is right here, ? A．isn’t it B．aren’t theyC．are they D．is it 91、A lovely day, ? A．is it B．does it C．isn’t it D．doesn’t it 92、He isn’t a diligent boy, for it is the second time he has been late, ? A．isn’t it B．is he C．has he D．is it 93、My sister often needs help with her study, ? A．need she B．needn’t she C．doesn’t she D．does she 94、You should have watered the flower earlier, ? A．shouldn’t you B．didn’t you C．don’t you D．haven’t you 95、Learning a foreign language well is not easy, ? A．is it B．isn’t it C．does it D．doesn’t it 96、What a pretty girl, ? A．isn’t it B．is it C．is she D．isn’t she 97、Wang Ping can’t be in the bedroom, ? A．can she B．is she C．can’t he D．isn’t he 98、I wish to visit the Palace Museum next week, ? A．do I B．Shall I C．may I D．can I 99、Let us do it for you, ? A．will you B．won’t you C．shall we D．shan’t we 100、They have to face the difficulty, they? A．do B．don’t C．haven’t D．won’t 【答案】： 1、B 2、A 3、B 4、A 5、C 6、A 7、A 8、B 9、D 10、B 11、C 12、A 13、A 14、B 15、C 16、B 17、A 18、D 19、B 20、B 21、C 22、A 23、C 24、A 25、B 26、B 27、D 28、C 29、D 30、C 31、C 32、A 33、C 34、A 35、D 36、C 37、C 38、C 39、D 40、D 41、B 42、C 43、D 44、D 45、B 46、C 47、C 48、B 49、B 50、C 51、D 52、D 53、A 54、B 55、C 56、B 57、B 58、D 59、A 60、D 61、B 62、A 63、D 64、A 65、C 66、B 67、D 68、A 69、B 70、B 71、A 72、B 73、D 74、C 75、B 76、B 77、C 78、C 79、C 80、B 81、B 82、C 83、A 84、C 85、A 86、D 87、B 88、C 89、A 90、A 91、C 92、A 93、C 94、B 95、B 96、D 97、B 98、C 99、A 100、B 十四、综合习题 名词性从句 【专项训练】： 1、It doesn’t matter I rest or not. A．if B．whether C．that D．when 2、 I can’t understand is he wants to change his mind. A．that, that B．which, what C．what, why D．what, that 3、 I was free that day. A．It happened to B．It happened that C．That happened D．It was happened that 4、He you are not going abroad. A．surprised that B．is surprised whether C．is surprised that D．surprised at 5、I wonder how much . A．cost the coat B．does the coat cost C．the coat costs D．the coat is cost 6、 I have will be yours sooner or later. A．No matter what B．Whatever C．Whether D．That 7、 in the newspaper that the Japanese Minister will arrive in Beijing next Friday. A．It says B．He is said C．It has said D．It is said 8、 we go swimming every day us a lot of good. A．If, do B．That, do C．If, does D．That, does 9、Is this we met them last night. A．where B．place C．place in which D．place which 10、We all know the truth there are air, water and sunlight there are living things. A．where B．wherever C．that D．that wherever 11、I think it is you’re eating too much. A．that B．because C．the reason D．for 12、It is said has been translated into French. A．that that B．which C．that D．that which 13、It is still a question we shall have our sports meet. A．why B．that C．when D．which 14、It’s not yet clear of those will be chosen to go abroad. A．that B．which C．whom D．who 15、These pictures show you . A．What does our village look like B．What our village looks live C．How does our village look like D．how our village looks like 16、Can you make sure the gold necklace? A．where Alice had put B．where did Alice put C．where Alice has put D．where has Alice put 17、Go and get your glasses. It’s you left it. A．there B．where C．there where D．where there 18、——Do you remember he came? ——Yes, I do. He came by train. A．how B．when C．where D．that 19、 we can’t get seems better than we have. A．What, what B．What, thatC．That, that D．That, what 20、Mother asked me . A．what was wrong with me B．what’s wrong with me C．what wrong was with me D．what wrong is with me 21、 they have won the game made us excited. A．/ B．That C．What D．Where 22、 I accept the girl or refuse it is none of your business. A．If B．Whether C．Even if D．When 23、 he says in his report is a very interesting question. A．What all B．All what C．What D．What that 24、When they will start not been decided. A．have B．is C．does D．has 25、 certain that his invention will lead to the development of production. A．That is B．This is C．It is D．It has 26、 is unknown to us all. A．Where did she put it B．Where she put it C．That where she put it D．In which she put it 27、 nothing to do with us. A．What she did have B．What she did is C．What did she do has D．What she has done has 28、The trouble is we are short of hands. A．what B．that C．how D．which 29、Energy is makes things work. A．what B．everythingC．something D．that 30、My hometown is not it used to ten years ago. A．when; do B．what; do C．what; be D．when; be 31、The reason I have to go is my mother is ill in bed. A．why; why B．why; because C．why; that D．that; because 32、The thought he might fail in the exam worried him. A．which B．that C．when D．so that 33、That is I lost my pen. A．when B．where C．that D．what 34、Have you any idea ? A．how fast does light travel B．how quick light travels C．how soon light travels D．how fast light travels 35、His suggestion to see the art exhibition interested every one of us. A．that we go B．which we should go C．that we would go D．we would go 36、He was interested in he had seen at the exhibition. A．which B．that C．all what D．all that 37、He often thinks of he can do more for his country. A．what B．how C．that D．which 38、He made quite clear that he wouldn’t change his mind. A．this B．that C．it D．what 39、He got angry with was against his opinion. A．whom B．who C．whoever D．anyone 40、I don’t know . A．what was the matter outside B．what the matter outside was C．what was outside the matter D．what was happened outside 41、He has come, but I didn’t know that he until yesterday. A．is coming B．will come C．was coming D．wasn’t coming 42、He ran back into the room to see if he anything behind. A．has forgotten B．had forgotten C．has left D．had left 43、The news he died in the battle has got round in the village. A．that B．which C．what D．this 44、 you say, I wouldn’t allow you to do that. A．What B．Which C．Whatever D．However 45、We are wondering our teacher will come to the party or not. A．if B．that C．why D．whether 46、 he has been getting on well with his studies makes all of us happy. A．Which B．How C．What D．That 47、That is he failed to arrive on time. A．where B．whether C．why D．when 48、We finally found out to him. A．what had happened B．what has happened C．which took place D．what has been taken place 49、No one knows when and where . A．was she born B．did she come from C．she work D．she was born 50、The truth the factory would break down made all the workers shocked. A．of which B．that C．about that D．what [答案]： 1、B 2、C 3、B 4、C 5、C 6、B 7、D 8、D 9、A 10、D 11、B 12、A 13、C 14、B 15、B 16、C 17、B 18、A 19、A 20、A 21、B 22、B 23、C 24、D 25、C 26、B 27、D 28、B 29、A 30、C 31、C 32、B 33、B 34、D 35、A 36、D 37、B 38、C 39、C 40、A 41、C 42、D 43、A 44、C 45、D 46、D 47、C 48、A 49、D 50、B 定语从句 【专项训练】： 一、选择填空： 1、It was in that house he used to live the secret meeting was held. A．where；where B．that；that C．what；where D．where；that 2、The foreign guests, were scientists, were warmly welcomed at the airport. A．most of them B．most of whom C．most of that D．most of those 3、That’s not the book you can find the exact answer. A．which B．that C．when D．where 4、The building over there is a library, is a department store. A．where B．west of which C．to the west of it D．in the west of that 5、He was the very one of the students who praised at the class meeting. A．was B．were C．is D．are 6、She is the girl . A．whose money was stolen B．the which money was stolen C．whose money was robbed D．the which money was robbed 7、This composition is order, makes the teacher . A．in; which; puzzled B．for; that; happy C．out of ; which; angry D．no; it ;disappointed 8、There are 104 elements found in nature, are metals. A．most of it B．most of which C．mostly D．that 9、Africa is actually connected with Asia at the spot the Suez Canal was dug. A．when B．where C．which D．and 10、Jack is who knows how to work out the problem. A．one of the boys B．the only one of the boy C．not one of the boys D．the only one of the boys 11、China has many islands, Taiwan is the largest. A．in where B．in that C．of that D．of which 12、Is this factory your friends visited the day before yesterday? A．that B．which C．where D．the one 13、We have not had for many weeks. A．such cold day as this B．such cold a day as this C．such a cold day like this D．such a cold day as this 14、The man will never forget the days he spent with Lenin. A．when B．on which C．on that D．that 15、She is the only one of the students good at Japanese. A．that is B．that are C．which is D．which are 16、The balls are solid, makes them very heavy. A．it B．what C．which D．that 17、Is this calculator you borrowed from Jane? A．which B．one C．the one D．what 18、The scientist and his achievements you told me about are admired by us. A．who B．that C．which D． / 19、I suppose the theory he stuck correct. A．to prove B．to proving C．to proved D．prove 20、He is working hard, will make him pass the final exam. A．who B．that C．which D．it 21、The museum we are going to visit is far form our school. A．where B．that C．it D．as 22、It is getting hotter and hotter in Wuhan, is usual. A．and B．it C．as D．that 23、We will never forget the days we spent happily together in the mountain village. A．when B．which C．where D．on which 24、Which of the two sheep you keep produces more milk? A．that B．which C．what D．they 25、 is known to all, Lu Xun was famous a great thinker. A．Which; for B．As; for C．It; as D．As ; as 26、Are these glasses ? A．which you wish will be repaired B．the ones you wish to have repaired C．the one you wish to repair D． that you wish to be repaired 27、The weather turned out to be very good, was more than we could expect. A．what B．which C．that D．it 28、In the dark street, there wasn’t a single person she could turn for help. A．that B．who C．from whom D．to whom 29、She heard a terrible noise, brought her heart into her mouth. A．it B．which C．this D．that 30、He paid the boy ＄10 for washing ten windows, most of hadn’t been cleaned for at least a year. A．these B．those C．that D．which 31、Finally, the thief handed everything he had stolen to the police. A．which B．what C．whatever D．that 32、The only thing, I am not sure is the idiom. A．for which B．of which C．that D．which 33、You must give the wallet back it belongs to. A．to whom B．whom C．to one D．to the person who 34、Tom as well as his friends who football matches to school today. A．likes; hasn’t gone B．likes; haven’t gone C．like; hasn’t gone D．like; haven’t gone 35、You, who ready to offer him your assistance at any time ,are a true friend of his. A．is B．are C．was D．were 36、Such a problem should be settled first. A．like that is B．as this C．as that this is D．like this is 37、Women receive the same pay in New China. A．as men B．as that men receive C．as which men did D．as men did 38、This is one of the best novels that this year. A．had appeared B．is appearing C．has appeared D．have appeared 39、My father is a humorous man. A．, whom you met last night , B．whom you met last night C．whom you met last night D．, whom you met last night 40、Alfred Hitchcock produced a new film called Frenzy. A．who is well-known for thriller movies B．, who is well-known for thriller movies, C．whom is well-known for thriller movies D．, whom is well known for thriller movies 41、I’ll take you to a newly opened market you may get all you need. A．which; that B．where; that C．in which; which D．where ;what 42、Li Lin is the only one of the students who to Kunming. A．has gone B．have been C．that is D．had gone 43、I, your friend ,will try my best to help you. A．that is B．which am C．who is D．who am 44、Do you know anything about the accident in the street yesterday? A．happened B．happening C．which happened D．which was happened 45、I’m interested in you have told me. A．which B．all that C．all what D．that 46、I’ll never forget the days I was staying with you. A．on which B．which C．that D．when 47、The king had never seen horses the man drew. A．such ; as B．so; as C．so; that D．such; which 48、I am reading the same book you did yesterday. A．like B．as C．for D．since 49、The buses, were already full, were surrounded by passengers. A．most of them B．most of which C．which most D．that most 50、Have you ever been to Xi’an, I left ten years ago. A．where B．which C．that D．when 51、We should learn from those are ready to help others. A．who B．whom C．whose D．they 52、I have two brothers, are doctors. A．both of them B．both of who C．both of whom D．both of they 53、 everybody knows, China has the largest population in the world. A．Which B．That C．As D．The thing 54、Everything can be done should be done. A．which B．that C．all D．that 55、This is the house you saw the other day. A．that B．where C．in which D．in that 56、Is oxygen the only gas helps fire burn? A．that B．/ C．which D．what 57、The first place we visited in that city was a big factory. A．where B．in which C．that D．which 58、Which is the largest bridge was built across the river? A．that B．which C．where D．on which 59、Please pass me the dictionary cover is black. A．which B．its C．whose D．which of 60、 is natural, she goes abroad with her husband. A．It B．What C．Which D．As 61、This is the very place I’m wishing to live in. A．where B．which C．that D．in which 62、I think that was the reason our football team lost the game. A．that B．which C．how D．why 63、The reason he didn’t come was he was injured. A．that , because B．why, that C．why, because D．that , that 64、He must be from Africa, can be seen form his skin A．that B．as C．it D．what 65、Is it in that factory “Red Flag” cars are made? A．in which B．where C．that D．which 二、改错： 1、He told us about the countries where he had visited. 2、Egypt is a country where is famous for its pyramids. 3、China is the country where he spent the best part of his life. 4、The days when we spent together cannot be easily forgotten. 5、The house stands at the place that the two roads meet. 6、We shall visit the college where his father teaches there. 7、I know the reason that she looks so worried. 8、He left me the book, that is very useful for me. 9、This is the room which food is kept. 10、April 15, 1976 is the day when we’ll never forget. 11、The man came yesterday is our English teacher. 12、I know the student was praised at the meeting last week. 13、This is all which I can do for you. 14、Can you think of anyone who’s house was here? 15、The watch that Mother bought it for me works very well. 16、This is the only book that were borrowed from the library. 17、The day which she had to leave arrived at last. 18、The doctor whom they want to see have come. 19、Do you know the young man whom has been chosen chairman? 20、The park stands at the place that the two rivers meet. 21、A plane is a machine can fly. 22、It is one of the best pictures which have been sold. 23、Those that want to go put up your hands. 24、This is the knife with that the doctor did the operation. 25、Who is the man whom you said hello just now? 【答案】： 一、 1、D 2、B 3、D 4、B 5、A 6、A 7、C 8、B 9、B 10、D 11、D 12、D 13、D 14、D 15、A 16、C 17、C 18、B 19、C 20、C 21、B 22、C 23、B 24、A 25、D 26、B 27、B 28、D 29、B 30、D 31、D 32、B 33、D 34、C 35、B 36、B 37、A 38、D 39、A 40、B 41、B 42、A 43、D 44、C 45、B 46、D 47、A 48、B 49、B 50、B 51、A 52、C 53、C 54、B 55、A 56、A 57、C 58、A 59、C 60、D 61、C 62、D 63、B 64、B 65、C 二、 1、where－that 2、where－which 3、where－which 4、when—that which 5、that—where 6、去掉 there 7、that—why 8、that—which 9、which—where 10、when—which that 11、man 后面加 who 12、students 后面加 who 13、which—that 14、who’s—whose 15、去掉 it 16、were—was 17、which—when 18、have—has 19、whom—who 20、that—where 21、machine 后面加 which that 22、which—that 23、that—who 24、that—which 25、whom—that 定语从句 【专项训练】： Ⅰ、Choice: 1、The knife we used to cut the bread is very sharp. A．which B．with C．with it D．with which 2、The brave man, the tiger was shot, is a good hunter. A．of whom B．by that C．by whom D．by which 3、The clever boy made a hole in the wall, he could see what it was going on inside the house. A．on which B．at which C．through which D．in which 4、The beautiful dress Miss Jones went to the ball was borrowed from a friend of hers. A．in which B．worn by C．through which D．on which 5、During the days , he worked as a servant at the Browns’. A．that followed B．to follow C．following D．followed 6、You may take anything useful . A．which you want B．you want them C．what you want D．you want 7、My hometown is no longer the same it used to be. A．like B．that C．as D．which 8、The old woman has two sons, one is a teacher. A．of who B．of whom C．of which D．of them 9、You can take any seat is free. A．in which B．that C．where D．which 10、Is there anything to you? A．that belong B．which belongs C．that belongs D．that is belonged 11、We hope to get such a tool he is using. A．where B．that C．as D．which 12、Finally came the day he had to begin his study for the next term. A．till B．that C．since D．which 13、She hasn’t got enough money she buys the rings. A．for which B．with whichC．that D．which 14、I’ve read all the books were borrowed from the library. A．they B．which C．/ D．that 15、This is the best hotel in the city I know. A．it B．where C．that D．which 16、Is oxygen the only gas helps fire burn? A．it B．which C．/ D．that 17、The Second World War millions of people were killed ended in 1945. A．on which B．where C．in that D．during which 18、The train she was travelling was late. A．on that B．for which C．on which D．which 19、Winter is the time of year the days are short and nights are long. A．on which B．that C．when D．where 20、I’ll show you a store you may buy all you need. A．that, that B．which, that C．where, which D．in which, / 21、I still remember the day she first wore that pink dress. A．on which B．on that C．in which D．which 22、Do you know the reason she got so angry yesterday ? A．why B．which C．for that D．for why 23、Is some German friends visited last week ? A．this school where B．this school one C．this the school D．this school 24、Is there any one in your class family is in the city. A．whose B．which C．who’s D．who 25、Can you lend me the book the other day ? A．which you talked B．that you talked C．about that you talked D．you talked about 26、This is one of the best films this year. A．which has been shown B．that have been shown C．that have shown D．have been shown 27、Do you know the man ? A．that I spoke B．I spoke to C．to who I spoke D．whom I spoke 28、There are two thousand students in our school, are girls. A．two-thirds in which B．two-thirds in them C．two-thirds of them D．of whom two thirds 29、I have bought two ball-pens, writes well. A．neither of them B．none of them C．neither of which D．none of which 30、He built a telescope he could study the skies. A．by it B．through which C．with that D．in which 31、Do you know the reason he was late? A．for which B．for what C．which D．that 32、 has been said above, grammar is a set of dead rules. A．As B．That C．What D．Which 33、John got beaten in the game, had been expected. A．who B．what C．that D．as 34、They’re invented me to their party, is kind of them. A．this B．that C．which D．as 35、Crusoe’s dog became ill and died, made him very lonely. A．this B．that C．which D．as 36、There isn’t so much noise in the country in big cities. A．as B．where C．which D．that 37、I often thought of my childhood, I lived on a farm. A．who B．when C．where D．which 38、Next month, you’ll be in your hometown, is coming. A．where B．when C．that D．which 39、The next thing must be done is to make a plan. A．which B．that C．when D．/ 40、He talked happily about the men and books interested him greatly in the school. A．that B．when C．who D．which Ⅱ、Fill in the blanks： 1、This is the professor taught me chemistry in 1980 . 2、The hospital was built five years ago has been modernized. 3、This is the boy father died three years ago. 4、The film we saw the day before yesterday is very interesting. 5、Do you know the student was praised at the meeting? 6、1949 is the year the People’s Republic of China was founded. 7、They work in a factory makes radio parts. 8、They work in a factory radio parts are made. 9、This is the vision phone through we can see and talk to our friends. 10、Here are players from Japan, some of are our old friends. 11、She lives in a small village, is only three miles from here. 12、She is going to spend the summer holidays in Shanghai, she has some friends. 13、We’ll put off the meeting till next week, we won’t be so busy. 14、The sun gives the earth light and heat, is very important to the living things. 15、Those want to go to the computer room write your names here. 16、He was often late, made his teacher very angry. 17、Who is the person is standing at the gate? 18、He talked about the teachers and schools he had visited. Ⅲ、correct the mistakes in the following sentences if there are any: 1、He told us about the countries where he had visited. 2、Egypt is a country where is famous for its pyramids. 3、China is the country where he spent the best part of his life. 4、The days when we spent together cannot be easily forgotten. 5、The house stands at the place that the two roads meet. 6、We shall visit the college where his father teaches there. 7、I know the reason that she looks so worried. 8、He left me the book, that is very useful for me. 9、This is the room which food is kept. 10、April 15, 1976 is the day when we’ll never forget. 11、The man came yesterday is our English teacher. 12、The students are playing football on the playground are of Class Two . 13、This is all which I can do for you. 14、Can you think of anyone who’s house was here? 15、The watch that Mother bought it for me works very well. 16、This is the only book that were borrowed from the library. 17、The day which she had to leave arrived at last. 18、The doctor whom they want to see have come. 19、Do you know the young man whom has been chosen chairman? 20、The park stands at the place that the two rivers meet. 21、A plane is a machine can fly. 22、It is one of the best pictures which have been sold. 23、Those that want to go put up your hands. 24、This is the knife with that the doctor did the operation. 25、Who is the man whom you said hello just now? 【答案】: Ⅰ、1、D 2、C 3、C 4、A 5、A 6、D 7、C 8、B 9、D 10、C 11、C 12、B 13、B 14、D 15、C 16、D 17、D 18、C 19、C 20、D 21、A 22、A 23、C 24、A 25、D 26、B 27、B 28、D 29、C 30、B 31、A 32、A 33、D 34、C 35、C 36、A 37、B 38、B 39、B 40、A Ⅱ、1、who / that 2、which / that 3、whose 4、which / that 5、who / that 6、when 7、which / that 8、where 9、which 10、whom 11、which 12、where 13、when 14、which 15、who 16、which 17、that 18、that Ⅲ、1、where—that 2、where—which 3、√ 4、when—that / which 5、that—where 6、去掉 there 7、that—why 8、that—which 9、which—where 10、when—which / that 11、man 后面加 who 12、students 后面加 who 13、which—that 14、who’s—whose 15、去掉 it 16、were—was 17、which—when 18、have—has 19、whom—who 20、that—where 21、machine 后面加 which / that 22、which—that 23、that—who 24、that—which 25、whom—that 每套 30 题，15 分钟(附参考答案) 高考英语语法题 15 分钟限时模拟训练 1 1. We had ___________ wonderful time_________the party_______ other day. A. a,on,the B./,at,on C. a,at,the D./,on,/ 2. It's said that __________ is going to give us a lecture. A. an American famous young B. a famous American youg C. a famous young American D. a young famous American 3. Nearly________ of the surface of our planet is covered by water. A. seven-ten B. seven-tenth C. seven-tenths D. seventh-ten 4. You must have waited here for a long time ,___________you? A. mustn't B. didn't C. haven't D. hadn't 5. China has hundreds of islands, ___________ is Taiwan Island. A. among them the largest B. and the largest of which C. and the largest of them D. but in which the largest 6. --You don't look so well, Mary. What's the matter with you? --Why?___________. A. I'm quite myself B. Fine, think you C. I felt bad D. I'm not myself 7. This new-type machine____________ little room. A. takes up B. is taken up C. has been taken up D. is taking up 8. It is impossible for____________ little room. A. so, such B. so, so C. such a, so D. such, such 9. --You forgot your keys when you left home in the morning. --Good heavens,___________. A. so did I. B. so I did. C. so you did. D. so did you. 10. __________ it rain, the crops_____________. A. Shall,would be saved B. Should, would be saved C. Would, should be safe D. Were, might be safe 11. -Do you regret paying 500 dollars for your necklace? --No, I would gladly pay__________ for it. A. two times as much B. twice as many C. twice as much D. as twice as much 12.________ is quite natural,a beginner can't read the books written in English very quickly. A. Which B. As C. What D. It 13. Take a taxi,___________ you'll miss your train. A. in B. during C. throughout D. within 15. I coutdn't have got to the meeting on time____________ an earlier train. A. if I had not caught B. unless I had caugh C. if ! did not catch D. unless I caugh 16. The black horse is___________ of the pair. A. the strongest B. the stronger C. the strong D. quite strong 17. It is a rule in his family that __________ comes home earlier should cook the dinner for the family. A. anybody B. who C. who that D. whoever 18. I really wonder__________ he has posted me many parcels___________ we didn't work together. A how ,after B why,when Cwhen,before D why,since 19. --How long ___________ each other before they__________ married? --For about a year. A. have they known;get B. did they know; were going to get C. do they know;are going to get D. had they known; got 20. Michael __________ here to see you and he____________ a note on your desk. A. has come; had left B. has been; has left C. has come; left D. has been; left 21. -When__________ and visit our exhibition next month? - When_______, I will let you know. A. will he come; he will come B. will he come; he comes C. does he come; he will come D. does he come; he comes 22. What worried the child most was _________ to visit his mother in the hospital. A. his not allowing B. his not being allowed C. his being not allowed D.having not been allowed 23. I__________ you somewhere before, but your name has escaped me_________. A. must see;for a moment B. must have seen; for a moment C. must see;for the moment D. must have seen; for the moment 24. We're leaving at six o'clock ,and hope_________ most of the journey by lunch time. A. to do B. to have done C. to make D. to have made 25. She was afraid __________ the dog in case it became dangerous. A. of exciting B. to excite C. that she excited D. to be exciting 26．The bad weather meant__________ the rocket launch(发射)for 48 hours,． A.delaying B．having delayed C.to delay D．to have delayed 27．D0 you consider it any good__________the truck again? A．to repair B．repairing C．repaired D．being repairing 28．_____________to somebody，a British person often shakes hands with the stranger. A．Introducing B．To introduce C．To be int．roduced D．On being introduced 29．__________ in thought，he almost ran into the car in front of him． A．Losing B．Having lost C．Lost D．To 30．Mary ___________to see you．She．_________ for you downstairs at the moment． A．has come；is waiting B．came；is waiting C．has come；waited D．came；was waiting 答案详解： 1．C 本题是冠词的考查。have a wonderful time 就相当于 have a good time；the other day 表示"前几天"。 2．C 本题是形容词知识的考查。famous 是描绘性形容词，应放在前面，American 指的 是国籍，放在 young 之后。 3．C 本题是数词用法的考查。分数词的分子是基数词，分母是序数词。分子除了 1 以 外，分母的序数词要用复数。 4．C 本题是反意疑问句的考查。must 的反意疑问句不是对 must 进行反问，因为陈述 句部分中有 for a long time，所以对 have waited 进行反问。 5．C 本题是复合句的考查，and 连接两个并列句。 6．A 本题是交际用语的考查。对话中 why?是语气词，表示不同意的语气。I'm quite myself 意为"自我感觉良好"。 7．A 本题是动词语态的考查。take up 表示"占据"，此处指新式机器的优点。 8．C 本题是副词惯用法的考查。so+adj．+a／an+n．和 such+a／an+adj. +n. 但是一旦句 中出现 little(少)，much，many，few 必须用 s。。此题中 little 是形容词"小的"。 9．B 本题是省略的用法考查。注意两人对话中的 you 和 I 是同一个人，所以用 so +I+did。 10．B 本题是虚拟语气和它的省略的考查。主从句谓语都是对将来情况的虚拟形式。if 从句中如果出现 should，had，were，可以省略 if，将 should，had，were 倒装。 11．C 本题是比较级的倍数表达法。倍数要放在 as．．．as 之前，而且钱的多少要用 12．B 本题是连词的使用考查。as 引导非限制性定语从句，表示"正如……那样"的含义。 13．C 祈使旬可用来取代 if 从句来表示评论、提出要求、发出忠告或威胁等。用祈使句 比用 if 从句表达更强的紧迫性。在表示评论和要求时，其连词用 and，表示忠告时用连词 otherwise，表示威胁时，用连词 or。 14．B 介词 during 后面总是一个表示时间的名词，这一名词可以指整段时间。这一名词 也可以指一段时间中的时点或时刻，如：She has phoned him four times during the last half an hour。(在刚才的半个小时内，她给他打过四次电话。)在这个例句里 during 可以被介词 in 代 替，因为 in 具有 within a period(在一段时间内)的意思。 15．B if．．．not 和 unless 有时也不能互相替换。unless 不能用于"由于未发生 B 而发生 A"的句子里，如：1 will be quite 斟 ad if she does not come this evening。unless 常用来引导一 个谈及过去的事后的想法，unless 从句跟着主句，通常用破折号而不是逗号将它与主句分开。 16．B 英语表示"两个里择一的哪一个更．_．…·"的名词前的比较级前面应该使用定冠词 the。pair 的词义是"一对"或"一双"，此处的 the pair 词义是 two horses fastened side by side to a cart(两匹套在车辕的马)。因此，此处应该使用 the stronger。 17．D whoever 有两个词义：(1)no matter who，在这种用法时引导一个让步状语从句； (2)anybody that，在这种用法时，它连接一个名词性从句，在本题中它连接的是主语从句。 18．D 英语中的连词 since 有这样的特性：终止其后从句中的延续性的谓语动词的动作。 第二个空白处填人 since 之后，这个从句的意思是：自从我们不在一起工作起。此外，since 还可使其后从句里的非延续性的谓语的动作延续。例如：It is 15 years since he joined the Army．(他参军已经十五年了。) 19．D 根据句意分析，他们结婚是已过去的事，那么，他们互相了解大约一年的时间肯 定发生在结婚前，发生在过去某一动作之前的动作，应该使用过去完成时。 20．D 此处的 has been here 表示"刚才到这儿来过"，从字面上看这个表达方式是现在完 成时，但实际上这个表达方式的内涵是该人已不在此处了。因此这个动作是发生在过去的事， 那么该在你的书桌上留便条的动作也该用一般过去时。 21．B 第一句中的时间状语 next month 确定了这句的一般将来时的时态，然而第二句是 由 when 引导的时间状语从句，在时间状语从句中只能用一般现在时表示一般将来时。 22．B 本题考查动名词的用法。由于 allow 与逻辑主语 child 形成被动关系，再者，动名 词的否定形式是 not+动名词构成。 23．D mlast 与不定式的完成时连用表示对过去发生的事持肯定态度的推断，在疑问句 中用 can，在持否定态度的推断时用 can not。for a moment 表示一个动作延续了一会儿，而 for the moment 则表示"目前；暂时"。 24．B 不定式的完成时用来表示这个动作发生在谓语动作之前，或是表示该动作的完成。 本题中不定式的完成时表示的正是该动作的完成，因此这句话可改写为：We're leaving at six o'clock，and hope that we will have done most the iourney bv lunch time． 25．B be afraid 后面既可以跟不定式 be afraid t0 d0 sth．，又可以跟动名词 be afraid of doing sth．，但前者的意思是：害怕／不敢做某事；后者的意思为：对可能出现的结果的发 愁或忧虑。 26．A mean 后既可跟不定式(mean to do sth．)，又可以跟名词 mean doing sth．,两者内 涵是有很大区别的，前者表示"故意去做；诚心去做"而后者表示"意味着要做"。 27．B 本题是固定用法的考查。It is good 后面需接动词．ing 形式。 28．D 很明显，句中的空白处应选用非谓语动词的被动形式。如果将 C 项填人空白处， 虽然这个不定式是被动形式，但不定式短语处于句首是充当目的状语，或是充当含有虚拟意 义的动名词时，其意为："一……就……"，但介词 on 后带被动态的动名词，除上述意义外， 还可表示："在……的时候"。 29．C 过去分词有三个用途：(1)表示被动，如：the oppressed people(=people who are oppressed) 被压迫的人们；（2）表示完成，如：the fallen leaves (=the leaves which have fallen) 落叶：（3）表示状态，如 lostin though 陷入沉思。 30. A 解本题需要使用逆向思维，先考虑第二个空白处的选项，再考虑第一空白处的答 案。因为第二句中交代了一个重要的时间状语； at the moment （现在），因此应毫不犹豫 地选择 is waiting 这一现在进行时的时态。据此，第一句的句意也就随着清晰起来："玛丽已 经到这儿来看望你。"很明显表示对现在选成影响的动作使用在完成时态 高考英语语法题 15 分钟限时模拟训练 2 1. --Have you ever seen Peter recently? --Yes. He__________ me to ask you how you___________ along with your new job these days. A. has asked;have been getting B. asked ;were getting C. often asks;are getting D. asked;are getting 2. The managers discussed the plan that they would like to see___________ the next year A. carry out B. carrying out C. carried out D. to carry out 3. --I'll help you whenever you need me, --I would love____________. A. you helping B. that you'll help C. you to help D. that you help 4. I hope____________ the job she's applied for（申请）. A. she's going to get B. she'll get C. she is to get D. she decides to get 5. Mrs. Green wants to buy that kind of cloth because she___________ that the cloth__________ very well. A. has been told;washes B. is told;is washed C. has been told ;is washed D. is told ;is washed 6. Let us not waste____________ time we have left. A. the little B. little C. a little D. a little more 7. I think the doctor is able to cure of A. all B. what C. whatever D. anything 8. __________ , we'll come to see you again. A. If time will permit B. Time permits C. Time permitting D. Time permited 9. --Nancy is not coming tonight. --But she ___________ ! A. promises B. promised C. will promise D. had promised 10.__________ some maddals came to live in the sea is not A. Which B. Since C. Although D. How 11. --Paul, I'd like to have a talk with you at tea break. -- __________ Have what with me? A. Yes, please. B. Sorry? C. Thanks. D. You're welcome. 12. If you ____________ stop smoking, you can only expect to have a bad cough. A. won't B. would not C. do not D. can not 13. He's unlucky,and he's always suffering____________ luck one after another. A. a sick B. an ill C. sick D. ill 14. The news about the terrible flood there greatly discouraged __________ there for a sightseeing. A. us from going B. us to go C. our going D. our to go 15. If I had__________ , I'd visit Europe, stopping at all the small interesting places. A. a logn enough holiday B an enough long holiday C. a holiday enough long D. a long holiday enough 16. Nobody noticed the thief slip into the house because the lights happened to__________. A. put up B. give in C. be turned on D. go out 17. Besides Tom, ________ Crosettes have two other sons, __________ of whom are all interested in making model planes. A. 不填; two B. 不填; the two C. the, three D. the, the three 18. Mr. Zhang gaVeall textbooks to all the pupils, except___________ who had already taken tem. A. these B. dnes C. the ones D. the others 19. ____________professional violinist practices for several hours a day, but____________ violinist has his own way of playing the Beethoven concert. A. Each, every B. Every, each C. One, a D. All, each 20.-Who has taken my pen away? -__________. He was here a moment ago. A. It must be Li Ping B. It is Li Ping take C. Li Ping is D. Li Ping must take 21. My dictionary__________. I have looked for it everywhere but still A. has lost;do not find B. is missing;do not find C. has lost;have not found D. is missing;have not found 22. Shortly after the accident, two___________ police were sent to the spot to keep order. A. dozens of B. dozens C. dozen of D. dozen 23. -May I have another chocolate? -Yes, of course.___________. A. Take it yourself B. Eat it, please C. Help yourself D. Have it yourself 24. We will take________ wants to go there for a sight - seeing. A. whoever B. who C. anybody D. all that 25. I caught the last bus from town, but Harry came home___________ that night. A. very late B. even later C. the same late D. the last one 26. --What was the party like? --Wonderful. It is years_____________ I enjoyed myself so much. 27. Isn't it very kind __________ your parents to do that for us? A. for B to C. about D. of 28. There is a _________ of 1000 dollars for the return A. reward B. prize C. thank D. prsise 29. A man does not know the difficulty of anything_________ he does it personally. A. although B. if C. because D. unless 30. I don't remember___________ to the airport that year. A. to be taken B. being taken C. having D. to take 答案详解： 1．D 文句的含义是："近来你见到彼德了吗?"第一个答语是肯定的，后面的动作是过去 的事，因此使用 asked。第二空是否受 asked 的制约，要由离第二个空白处最近的动词决定， 离它近的是动词不定式 to ask，据此根据句意，第二个空白处应该使用现在进行时。 2．C 本题考查的是定语从句的用法。在这个定语从句里，they 是其主语，would like to see 是其复合谓语，that 修饰的是先行词 the plan，同时 that 也是 see 的宾语，the plan 是被执 行的，被实施的，只有过去分词可以表示被动。 3．C 本题考查的是动词不定式，应该掌握 1 would love／like to do／have done 这个固定 用法。所以本题的正确答案是 C。 4．B will 或 shall 用来表示希望或期望。因此在表示与希望有关的动词或动词短语的宾 语从句中的将来时态时，要用 will 或 shall。这些动词或短语是：hope，expect，be sure，believe， think，suppose，doubt 和 be afraid 等。 5．A 根据语境，第一个空白处应该使用现在完成时的被动语态，第二个空白处应该选 用 washes，因为 wash 这个动词也可作不及物动词使用，它的词意是"耐洗"。英语中 This cloth washes well 表达的是：这布很耐洗。 6．A 一般地说，不定代词 many，little 或 few 前是不许使用定冠词的，但是如果他们修 饰的名词有特指或限定意义时，它们前面就应使用定冠词了。如：I soon finished the few books she had lent me．（她借给我的那几本书，我很快就看完了乎） 7．C whatever 具备两个意思，其一是 no matter what，引导让步状语从句；其二是 anything that，引导名词性从句，在本题中，whatever 引导的是一个宾语从句，whatever 在这个宾语 从句中被用作主语。 8．C 本题考查独立主格结构的相关知识。独立主格结构在句中作条件状语，逻辑上应 该是"如果时间允许的话"。 9．B 本题是对动词的时态的考查，考生只要抓住句中 not coming，说明"答应"发生的时 间是在过去。故使用动词的一般过去式。 10．D 该句的从句由疑问副词 how 引导的主语从句。选项 B、C 中的 since 和 a1though 不能引导主语从句；选项 A 中的 which 虽能引导主语从句，但与 some 矛盾。 11．B 本题是交际用语的考查。解此题的关键是看到答句中 have what with me，说明说 话人没有听清楚问话人，只有 B 项符合题意。 12．A will 除了用作表示将来时的助动词外，还可用来强调愿意或不愿意。又如：If you will／would wait a moment，1 will fetch the money。但是在表示不肯或不愿意时，则只能使 用 won't，不能使用 would not。 13．D 英语中的名词有可数与不可数之分，luck 是不可数名词，用来修饰贬意的 luck 的 形容词有 bad，poor 或 ill，这时 ill 的词义是：不好的。 14．A discourage 与 encourage 互为反义词。英语中说"鼓励某人做某事"时使用 encourage sb．to do sth．，但如果表示"使某人没勇气做某事"时，不能用 discourage sb．to do sth．，其 正确形式是：discourage sb from doing stho 15．A 本题是形容词序的排列。enough 修饰形容词应该后置，修饰名词应该前置。 16．D 本题的关键是理解题干的意思。句子的含义是："没有人注意到小偷进屋，因为 那时灯熄了。"符合题意的只有 D 项。 17．D 在英语的姓氏前使用定冠词，表示的是这个姓氏的一家人或这个姓氏的夫妇："the+ 数词+0f+代词"这一结构表示该代词的总数是前面的数词表示的数量， 而"数词+．of+代词" 结构中的代词表示的量肯定大于前面数词表示的数量。 18．C one 本来是数词，但也可用作不定代词，代替前面刚提到的一个东西或人，避免 重复前面刚提到的名词，有时 one 可以有自己的定语或冠词，甚至可以有复数形式。 19．B every 与 each 都是指"每一个"，但内涵不一样。every 与 all 含义很接近。英文中 常用 every 进行概括，强调事物或人的总体性，而 each 则表示个别概念，当我们说 each violinist 时，我们想到的是每个不同的人做着不同的事。 20．A 本题是对情态动词的考查。句意表示肯定的推测用 must，而 it 指问句中提到的 who。 21．D lose 是个及物动词，如果要表示某物丢失了，只能用被动语态。A 项与 C 项 使 用的都是其主动形式。missing 是形容词，其词义是：lost；not to be found（丢失了）， 据 此，第一空缺处应填人 is missing。根据语境，第二个空缺处应填使用现在完成时的否定形 式，因为它可以表示目前还未发生的动作。 22．D 英语中一些表示数字的名词的前面如果用了数词，这些名词必须是单数形式，如 dozen（一打），score（二十）和 head（头）等，例如：另外两打鸡蛋 another two dozen eggs。 但是如果这些名词用来虚指某些可数名词时，这些名词呈复数形式，其后要加上介词 of， 例如：dozens of pencils（几十支铅笔）。 23．C 本题是口语中习惯用法。help yourself 表示"请自便"。考生只要理解了题意便能 比较容易找出答案。 24．A whoever 具备两个意思，其一是 no matter who，引导让步状语从句；其二是 anyone who，引导名词性从句，在本题中，whoever 引导的是一个宾语从句，whoever 在这个宾语 从句中用作主语。 25．B 形容词或副词的比较级有时可以使用在暗示比较句中。暗示比较现象往往出现在 带有 but 的并列句里，或带有让步状语从句的主句里。第一分句交代的是暗示某种程度的被 比对象，在第二分句里以比较级的形式出现。 26．D 英语中"It is+时间"有三种不同的用法。其一是："It is+时间+that…"，这是强调结 构的句型；其二是："It is+一段时间 before…"，这一句型的意思是："完这个从句所表示的事 所需的时间量"；其三是："It is+一段时间+since．．．"这一句型表示的是从从句中动词的动作 起所延续的时间。 27．D 本题是固定用法的考查。It is+形容词+of／for+sb．+t0 do 是固定的句型。但两个 句型用法不同，如果形容词表示人的性质，如 kind，nice 等必须用 of。 28．A 本题是词语辨析题。只要理解 the return of the gold ring，考生就能知道1000 dollars 是作为答谢，故用 reward。 29．D 连词 unless 本身具有否定意义：i￡．．not，引导的是否定的条件句，这种否定 的条件句从反面来强调的语气，一些语法学家称它为"反面的惟一条件句"，如： One cannot master a foreign language well unless he studies it hard． 30．B 本题是非谓语动词的考查。remember 后可接动词不定式或动词-ing 形式，但含 义不同。不定式表示''记得要干还没干"，动词-ing 形式表示"记得干了某事" 高考英语语法题 15 分钟限时模拟训练 3 1. --What are you doing this weekend? --I haven't decided yet. ____________? --Well, I thought we could have another family party. A. What B. All right C. Why D. Pardon 2. After her son gave his life for the country, Sally was well provided____________. A. with B. for C. on D. / 3. What he has done is far from___________. A. satisfactory B. satisfied C. satisfaction D. satisfy 4. The fire started in the basement and quickly____________ to the first floor where it destroyed all the______________ in the language lab. A. was spreaded;furniture and equipments B. was spreaded ;furniture and equipment C. spread;furnitures and equipments D. spread ;furniture and equipment 5. My pain ___________ obvious the moment I walked into the room, for the first man I met asked me pitifully:" Are you feeling all right?" A. must be B. must have been C. could be D. could have been 6. I just don't understand_____________ that prevents so many Americans from being as happy as one might expect. A. why it does B. what it does C. what it is D. why it is 7. --Can I help you? --I'd like to buy a present for my father's birthday, ___________ at a proper price but of great use. A. one B. anyone C. that D. everything 8. The visiting Minister expressed his satisfaction with his talk,__________ that he had enjoyed his stay here. A. having added B. to add C. adding D. added 9. I've visited a lot of different places and stayed in lots of different hotels, but none of them____________ this one. A. makes B. beats C. compares D. matches 10. ___________ you've got a chance, you might as well make full use of it. A. Now that B. After C. Although D. As soon as 11. I told him what I was surprised____________ his attitude towards his study. A. is B. was C. at is D. at was 12. What he lacks is more patience,___________? A. isn't it B. is it C. doesn't he D. does he 13. These students are quick at learning. We'll have them __________ with new methods. A. training B. to train C. to be trained D. trained 14. This coat will lose its color ___________ it's washed. A. as B. after C. until D. while 15. They gave us so warm a welcome that we were moved very much. It was a sight__________ we__________. A. what;have never forgotten B. which; wre never forgotten C. as ;will never forget D. that; would never forget 16. Mr. White, who___________ moved to the south of France, still lives in London. A. think to have B. think had C. though have D. thought had 17. -I am feeling cold. -Yes, ____________ books are stolen. A. become warm B. more C. some D. none 19. It's clear__________ that a hard working student has___________ a great interest in science. A. 不填; discovered B. 不填; developed C. that; invented D. that; developed 20. Nobody believes him ____________ what he said. A. even enough B. in spite of C. no matter D. contrary to 21. I hope there are enough glasses for each guest to have___________. A. one B. 不填 C. them D. to 22. Even on holidays, he preferred doing something A. without B. than C. rather than D. Caught 24. --Do you mind if I smoke here? --____________. A. Having caught B. Be caught C. Being caught D. Caught A. Sure. Go ahead B. No. Go ahead C. Yes. Please 25. There was less food for birds and also for the Prairie dog, an holes in the ground. A. livs B. is living C. living D. lived 26. Mary is short__________ her brother is very tall. A. still B. nor C. while D. when 27. Mr. Alcott, headmaster of the school, refused to accept made by the Students' Union. A. either B. neither C. any D. none 28. Mary is one of the brightest students who_________ from New York University. A. is graduated B. have graduated C. has graduated D. are graduated 29. I was really too busy with my homework and I couldn't help ____________ housework. A. doing B. do C. did D. done 30. He must have attended the meeting yesterday,___________ he? A. didn't B. mustn't C. needn't D. hasn't 答案详解： 1．C 本题是交际用语的考查。关键是认真读题，理解第一个说话人的回答："我想我们 可以再开一个家庭聚会"。只有 c 项符合题意。 2．B 本题是介词的考查。provide 后面可以接 with 和 for，但意思有所不同。Provide…with 是指"为……提供……"；而 provide for 是指"供养"，在此题中符合题意。 3．A 本题是形容词的辨析。首先要确定空格处需填人一个形容词，做 is 的表语。排除 C、D 两项。而 satisfactory 通常表示"(某物)令人满意的"；satisfied 通常表示"(某人)对……感到 满意"。 4．D 本题是考查考生对于基本词汇的掌握情况。spread 通常是不及物动词，不用被动。 furniture 和 equipment 都是不可数名词，没有复数。 5．B 本题是情态动词的考查。根据后半个分句可以知道谓语动词发生于过去，而情态 动词+动词的完成式表示对过去的推测。 6．C本题是宾语从句中的强调句使用。可以将原句恢复："It is what that prevents so many Americans…"但是英语中疑问代词或副词需放句首。 7．A 本题是对代词的考查。题中 one 替代前面提到的 a present，that 通常替代前面一 个已知的事物。 8．C 本题考查现在分词作伴随状语的用法。根据本题后面一部分的题意可知这是一个 现在分词短语，用作状语表示伴随情况，译为"补充说道他在逗留期间感到很愉快"，所以应 选 C。如空白前有连接词 and 则应选 D，以构成并列谓语。 9．D 本题是动词的辨析。解答此题的关键是理解题意："我去过很多地方，住过很多的 旅馆，但是没有一个比得上这家旅馆。"所以只有 match 符合题意。 10．A 本题是连词的考查。考生须知道每一个(组)连词的具体含义。now that 表示"既然 "；as soon as 的使用特别须注意时态的使用，因为前半个分旬用的是完成式，而后面用的却 是一般现在时，故不符合题意。 11．D 本题的关键是了解一个词组 be surprised at，就可以排除 A、B 两项。而英语中要 求句子中时态的一致，故选 D。 12．A 本题是反意疑问句的考查。千万要当心，what he lacks 是作旬中的主语，真正的 谓语是 is，前面的句子是肯定的，所以反意疑问用否定。 13．D 本题是对动词使用的考查。have 在英语中是一个极其重要的词，它的用法有很 多。此题中 have sb．trained 表示"给他们用新方法训练"。 14．B 本题的连词考查并不难，只要理解了句子的含义："这件外套洗完后会掉色。"所 以四个选项中只有 after 符合题意。 15．D 本题是强调句的考查，只是在题干中，提供了很多的信息。a sight 作原句中动词 forget 的宾语。 16．D 本题是时态的考查。可以将原句恢复："I thought he had moved to the south of France"，因为 move 发生在 think 之前，所以用过去完成式。 17．C 本题是情景对话中对动词的考查。如果选择 A 项，主语应该是人；change 和 A 项是一个道理；follow 是明白、跟随等意思；只有 C 项 help 可以用作不及物动词，表示"起 作用"。 18．A 本题是形容词的考查。关键是理解句子的含义："新的规定有效果吗?""当然，只 偷了几本书。"显然 few 是指的这个意思。 19．B It is clear that+从句是固定的句型，所以第一个空不用填任何词。Develop 表列： "发展"；discover 表示"发现"；invent 表示"发明"，只有 develop 符合题意。 20．C 本题是固定短语的辨析_No matter what he said 指的是"不管他说什么"，其他几个 用于句中意思不通。 21．A 本题是代词的用法考查。one 替代 a glass；them 和前面 each guest 搭配不当；it 用于特指的替代。 22. D 本题是介词的固定用法考查。prefer(doing)sth．to(doing)sth．是固定搭配。 23．D 本题是省略的考查。可以将原句恢复："Because he had been caught in the traffic jam，he got to…"完成式的省略是保留过去分词作状语。 24．B 本题是情景对话的考查。句子的含义是："你介意我在这儿抽烟吗?"，所以答句"No， go ahead．"(不，请抽吧)符合题意。 25．C 本题是定语从句的省略。An animal which lived in the holes 中可以省略 which，将 动词转换为一 ing 形式直接作定语。 26．C while 用作连词，表示"对比"、 "衬托"，可译为"而"。如：He is rich while his sister is poor．他很富有，而他的姐妹却很穷。A 项 still 不是连词；B、D 项不合句意。 27．C 本题实际上只要抓住 the three suggestions 就可以排除 A、B，因为他们都只能指 两者。句中谓语动词是 refuse，所以选 any。 28．B 按传统语法，"one of the+可数名词复数+who''结构，其中 who 后面的动词应按" 就近一致"的原则，用复数动词，在 B、D 项中，D 项时态不合适(应用过去时)，不合语法。 29．B 此题有一定难度和迷惑性。can't help doing 是我们熟知的用法，表示"禁不住"。 但是本题中 can't help 表示"不能帮助做"。 30．A must 的反意疑问句是考试的一个难点。记住 must 反意疑问句首先要根据句中的 时间状语，如果没有，则要根据 must 后面引导的动词的形式。所以此题有时间状语 yesterday， 为一般过去式，用 did 高考英语语法题 15 分钟限时模拟训练 4 1. -Will you go fishing with me? -___________. A. No, I'll be very busy B. Yes, I'll be glad C. Certainly, I'll be sorry D. Certainly, I'll be glad to 2. Is this the restaurant ___________ ? A. which you work B. in which you work C. for which you work D. where you work in 3. Bread and butter____________ for breakfast in many Chinese homes nowadays. A. serve B. servers C. is served D. are served 4. --Where is Xiao Wang? --I don't know. He__________ be in the library. A. can B. must C. might D. may 5. --Do you like the material? --Yes, it ___________ very soft. A. is feeling B. felt C. feels D. is felt 6. The harder you work,____________. A. the greater progress you'll make B. the greater you'll make progress C. you'll make the greater progress D. you'll make greater progress 7. The sunlight came in____________ the windows in the roof and lit up the whole room. A. through B. across C. by hour D. each hour 8. He has a part - time job and was paid___________. A. by the hour B. by an hour C. by hour D. each hour 9. The two sides have finally___________, though some small differences still exist. A. made a decision B. reached an agreement C. settled down D. broken up 10. You can't see the___________ now for they are having a meeting at the moment. A. editor-in-chiefs B. by an hour C. by hour D. each hour 11. We can't go on with the experiment because the computer_________. A. hasn't been repaired B. hasn't repaired C. is not repaired D. hadn't been repaired 12. It is the protection for the trees___________ really matters, rather than how many trees are planted. A. what B. that C. 不填 D. which 13. In such dry weather, the flowers will have to be watered if they ____________ A. have survived B. are to survive C. would survive D. will survive 14. You ________ pay too much attention to your reading skill, as it is so important. A. can not B. should C. must D. needn't 15. __________ full preparations, we decided to put off the meeting till next week. A. We did not make B. Having not made C. We had not made D. Not having made 16. --__________? --It depends on what it is. A. Will you buy me some stamps B. Would you please do me a favour C. How about going shopping with me D. Remember me to your family, will you 17. The old woman is sitting_____________ her daughter. A. near to B. next C. next to D. next by 18. He felt rather __________ that she should drive the car at such a____________ speed. A. frightening, frightening B. frightened, frightened C. frightening, frightened D. frightened, frightening 19. --It starts raining outside. --Oh, ____________! A. so it is B. so does it C. it does so D. so it does 20. Can you imagine what a girl will look like___________ she comes across a rat in her room? A. now that B. though C. in case D. if 21. The train was__________ to arrive at 11:30,but was an hour late. A. about B. likely C. certain D. supposed 22. Collecting stamps as a hobby___________ increasingly popular during the past fifty years. A. becomes B. became C. has become D. had become 23. To everybody's surprise, the fashionable young lady ___________ to be a thief. A. found out B. proved out C, put out D. turned out 24. America was____________ was first called" India" by Columbus A. that B. where C. what D. the place 25. In Switzerland, six miles west of Geneva,___________ a collection of laboratory buildings. A. lie B. are lying C. lies D. lays 26. With summer coming on, the weather gets hot _________. A. day after day B. day and night C. day in and day out D. day by day 27. I would have come to see you earlier, but I__________too busy. A. had been B. were C. was D. would be 28. --Thank you very much. --Not at all , I was____________ glad to help. A. too B. only too C. not so D. much 30. The British are not so familiar with different cultures and other ways of doing things, ___________ is often the case in other countries A. as B. that C. so D. it 答案详解： 1．D 此处 be dad 后面要接 to。若去不了，可以说 But I'm afraid I'U very busy 或 Sorry， but I can't 或 I'd like t0 but I'll be very busy 等。 2．B介词通常放在which和whom引起的定语从句之前。关系代词that和关系副词when、 where 等都不能做介词的宾语。该句中的 restaurant 为先行词，又因为 work 为不及物动词， 所以该句应为关系副词引导的定语从句。这里 where=in(at)which，因而 D 项中的 in 是多余 的。 3．C bread 和 butter 指"作早餐不可缺少的食物"，应视为单数的整体概念。Serve 作及 物动词，其被动结构表示"被用作"，故选 C 项。 4．C might 表示毫无把握的猜测。can 比 may 的肯定性要稍微大一些，must 为实事肯定。 5．C 观察题干，空白线后无宾语，可知 feel 是不及物动词，表示"(某物)摸起来"的意思， 是系动词，不能用于被动式，也不用进行时，根据此题对话情景，是指某种材料的常规特性， 要用一般现在时，不能用过去时。feel 作"感觉，认为，摸"之义时是及物动词，可带宾语， 有时态、语态等变化。 6．A the more…the more 结构的意义为"越……就越……"，这个结构中的形容词带有自己 的形容词宾语时，该名词要同这个比较级形容词一起置于句首，因此不填 B 项；C、D 两项 不符合该旬式的要求。 7．A 此句的意思是"阳光从房顶的窗户射进来。"throu 曲 the window 从窗户射进来。 8．A 意指"按小时付钱"。B 和 c 两个表达方式都不对，D 不合句子意思。 9．B A 项意为"做出决定"，B 项为"达成一项协议"，C 项为"定居"，D 项为"破译"，故根 据题干中"two sides have finally"需填入"达成协议"。 10．C 复合名词的复数形式．s 要加在中心词上，因此 C 为正确答案。 11．A A 项用了现在完成时的被动语态，意思是计算机"还未被修好"。B 选项中 repair 为及物动词，缺宾语，填上后句子不通；C 选项为一般现在时的被动语态，它只表示并不是 "修过的"；D 选项时态不对。 12．B 本题是对强调的用法考查。the protection for the trees 是原句的主语，考生一定 要仔细区分强调句和定语从句的不同。 13．B 此句的主句是将来时，条件状语从句要用一般现在时表示将来时。if they are to survive 表示"如果它们要活下来"。 14．A 本题为情态动词的考查。解答本题关键是理解句子的含义："虽然阅读技巧很重 要，但你不能太过重视。"所以选择 A 项。 15．D 本题为独立主格结构的考查。分句的动作发生于主句动作之前，所以用完成时态。 在独立主格结构的知识用法中，not 要置于结构之前。 16．B 回答中有 what it is，这说明答话者并不知道具体是什么事。而 A、c、D 项三项中 都说明了具体的事，与回答的话不相符。 17．C next t0 意为"挨着……"。next 不是介词，B 可排除；如填 A 项，则 to 应去掉，因 为 Heal"本身就是个介词；D 为错误表达方式。 18．D 过去分词 fh 曲 tened 意为"吓坏了的"，表状态，通常修饰人；现在分词 frightening 表示"令人心惊胆战的"，通常修饰物。 19．D 问答两句的主语是指同一物／人时，简略附和语应用"so+主语+动词"形式，表示 "确实如此"。 20．D 本题中空格处应填"如果"的意思，now that 表示"既然"，though 意为"尽管"，in case 意为"万一"，所以只有 D 符合题意。 21．D 本题关键是抓住"but was now later''，说明火车应该在 11：30 到，但事实上没有， 句中 be supposed t0 相当于 should。 ． 22．C 主语 collecting stamps as a hobby 被看成是整体，谓语动词用第三人称单数形式。 而时间状语 during the part fifty years 限制了句子用完成时态。 23．D 本题为动词词组辨析的考查，整句话的意思是"令人吃惊的是，时尚的年轻妇女 被证明是个小偷。"find out 意思是"发现"，prove out 应删去 out。put out 意为"扑灭"，turn out 意思是"证明"，后常接"to be''的形式，"to be"可以省略。 24．C 主句 America was 后面的表语从句里缺少一个连词，并且这个连词还要在从旬中 作主语，只有 what 才具备这两个特点。what 在从句中代表"事情，东西"等。如：Do you know what happened to him? 25．C 本句的倒装知识的考查其实很简单，考生只要辨出"six miles west of Geneva"为插 入语，就知道空格后的句子部分为主语，看成是一个整体。 26．D 本题是词语的辨析。day by day 意为"天天"，强调事物的不断更新，day after day 也为"一天天"，但强调事物的重复或反复。 27．C 整个句子前半部分为虚拟语气，与过去的动作相反，而后半部分 but 提醒我们 动作是事实，所以用 was。 28．B only too…to，just too…to，simply too…to 等，后面的动词不定式不表否定意义。A、 C 两项不合题意，可排除；D 项 much 不修饰一 ad 这样的普通形容词原级。 29．C 本题较难，得认真分析句子的结构和成分。若将词序调整一下可能会更容易明白， "T0 people around，Einstein must have to be mad''，意为"对周围的人来说，爱因斯坦一定 看上去是个疯子。"A、B、D 都必须用被动的形式，故均错误，appear 表示"看上去"，不能 用被动。 30．A 本题较难，可以用排除法。as 在此题中既作连词，又充当后半分句中的成分。that 不能用于"，"之后，so 在题中不正确，it 在句中两分句缺少连 高考英语语法题 15 分钟限时模拟训练 5 1. --Hello, this is 77553861. A.How are you? B. Will you come tonight? C.Can I take a message? D. Is that Mike? 2. Tom suggested that we __________such a meeting, but Jenny insisted that it _________of great importance. A. not hold ; should be B. didn't hold ; be C. hold ; was D. not hold ; was 3. You should take the medicine after you read the __________. A.lines B. instructions C. words D. suggestions 4. --Hi, Tracy, you look tired. --I am tired. I__________ the living-room all day. A.painted B. have been painting C. had painted D. have painted 5. I'm sorry. I _____________ you__________ to me. A.don't know; are speaking B. don't know ;were speaking C. didn't know; were speaking D. didn't know; are speaking 6. "Please __________why you're so late," said his girlfriend. A.excuse B. explain C. apologize D. tell 7. The rescue team made every __________ to find the missing mountain climber. A.force B. energy C. effort D. possibility 8. --" Would you mind the window? It's hot here!" May said. --"__________. "Tom replied. A.to open ; No, please B. open ; Yes, please C.opening; No, of course not D. opening ; Yes, please 9. The murderer was brought in, with his hands behind his back. A.to be tied B. being tied C. tied D. having tied 10. The reason_________ he didn't come was _________ he had to take care of his sick mother. A. why ; that B. why ; which C. which ; why D. that ; for 11. We __________ so tired. We've only been to a party. A. mustn't have felt B. wouldn't have felt C. shouldn't have felt D. couldn't have felt 12. The girl__________ on the ground __________to me that she had___________ the book on the shelf. A. lying ; lay ; laid B. lay ; lied ; laid C. lie ; lied ; lay D. lying; lied ; laid 13. --I heard that as many as 4 000 people were killed in 9 --Yes. __________ news came as __________shock to us. A.the ; the B. the ; a C, / ; / D. / ; a 14. Neither of them knew what was doing. A. other B. others C. the other D. another 15. Sometimes words alone were not enough to _________pupils along the path of knowledge A. provide B. persuade C. advise D. cause 16. --What when I phoned you? A. had you done; finished B. were you doing; had just finished C. did you do; had just finished D. were you doing; was finishing 17. My uncle___________ until he was forty-five. A.married B. didn't marry C.was not marrying D. would marry 18. Scientists say it may be five or ten years___________ it is possible to test this medicine on human patients. A.since B. before C. after D. when 19. --I can't find Mr. Smith. --It was in the hotel___________ he stayed. A. that B. where C. which D. since 20. Our new house is very___________ for me as I can get to the office in five minutes A. convenient B. comfortable C. natural D. helpful 21. --I don't think we have met before. --Yes, once at a party, but we___________. A. weren't introduced B. didn't introduce C. haven't introduced D. were not introducing 22. You look so tired tonight. It is high time you_________. A. went to bed B. went to sleep C. go to bed D. to sleep 23. People greatly__________ in their views of life. A. lead B. differ C. bring D. struggle 24. __________ she couldn't understand was__________ fewer and fewer students showed interest in her lessons. A. What; why B. That ; what C. What ; because D. 25.The __________ is just around the corner and you won't miss it. A. bicycle's shop B. bicycle shop C. bicycles shop D. bicycles' shop 26. --The prison was ___________ fire last night. --Someone must have set fire___________ it. A. on ; with B. on ; to C. over; with D. should 27. Keep up good state of mind even if you___________ fail plenty of times. A.must B. will C. can D. should 28. Sandy could do nothing but _________ to his teacher that he was wrong. A. admit B. admitted C. admiting D. to 29. I know nothing about the young lady ___________ she is from Beijing. A. except B. except for C. except that D. besides 30. --Have you any oranges and apples? --__________ A. Yes, madam, on the second shelf over there B. The oranges are very cheap. C. You like apples, don't you? D. Of course, we have some fruits. 答案详解： 1．D 本题考查日常的交际用语。此题只要细心一些，应该不难找出答案。 2．D 本题是虚拟语气的考查，虽然 07 年高考对虚拟语气不作要求，但是此题涉及单词 的使用，还是值得重视。前一空中本应为 should not hold，但 should 省略；后一空不用虚拟 语气，insist 在这儿指"坚决认为"。 3．B 本题是词语的辨析。instructions 通常是指说明和说明书，故 B 选项符合题意。 4．B 本题是对动词时态的考查。解此题的关键是抓住答语中的 aⅡday，而 D 项只表示 动作已经完成，没有强调一直做。 5．C 本题一直是考生的一个难点。一定要注意 I am sorry 表明后面所说的动作已经发生， 要用一般过去式。 6．B 本题是四个动词的辨析。excuse 表示"借口"、"原谅"等意思，explain 表示"解释"； apologize 为不及物动词，后接 for。 7．C 本题是一道名词的辨析题。make every effort 是固定的词组，意为"付出努力"。 8．C 本题是在情境对话中考查非谓语动词。mind 后必须接动词-ing 形式，可以排除 A、 B 两项。后一空依靠理解可以正确解答。"不，我不介意。"。 9．C 本题又是一道独立主格结构中的省略考查。同样的方法，将原句恢复："with hands(where were)tied behind his back．" 10．A 本题是一道定语从句与宾语从句的交叉考查。why 引导的从句作为句中的定语， that 引导的从句作为句中的宾语。 11．C 本题是情态动词的考查。should(not)后接动词的完成式表示"本来(不)应该做但实 际上做了"的含义。 12．B 本题词型相近的几个动词的辨析。lie 表示"撒谎"，过去式和过去分词分别是 lied， lied；表示"躺"，分别是 lay，lain。lay 表示"放"，过去式和过去分词分别是 laid，laid。 13．B 本题是冠词的考查。News 特指前面一个人所说的话，所以加上 the；后一个空为 固定用法，a shock t0 sb．表示"给某人震惊"。 14．D 本题是代词的考查。理解句子的意思就比较容易分析此题："他们谁也不知道其 他人干什么。"只有 D 选项符合题意。 15．B 本题是动词词义的辨析。provide 表示"提供"；，pemuade 表示"劝服"；advise 表 示"建议"；cause 表示"引导"，所以 B 项是正确的。 16．B 前一个空受到 when I phoned you 的限制，要用过去进行时。后一个空关键是理 解，"我刚刚完成作业，开始洗澡"。 17．B 本题是考查 until 的用法。记住如果 until 前的谓语动词是短暂性动词要用 not…until；如果前面是持续性动词，则直接用 until。 18．B 本题是考查连词的用法。本题的关键是理解句子的含义："科学家说还需要五到 十年才有可能将药物在人体身上进行实验。"只有 B 选项符合题意。 19．B 本题是定语从句的考查。考生一定要注意不能和强调句混淆。因为本题中的 it 是用于上个问句的回答，不是用于强调句的起首。 20．A 本题是形容词的辨析。convenient 表示"方便的"；comfortable 表示"舒适的"；natural 表示"自然的"；helpful 表示"有帮助的"。 21．A 本题是动词的语态考查。introduce 是及物动词，后面需要有一个名词。本题中 introduce 后没有宾语，所以用被动，意思是："但是没有给我们介绍。" 22．A 本题是虚拟语气的考查。It is(hi 曲)time that 后接的从句中谓语动词需用过去式。 go to bed 是固定用法。 23．B 本题是四个动词的辨析。解此题关键是理解旬意："人们在生活的看法上有很大 的不同。"differ in 表示："在……不同"。 24．A 本题是主语从句和宾语从句的共同考查。what 引导主语从句，同时充当 understand 的宾语。why 引导定语从句。 25．B 本题是对名词作定语相关知识的考查。在此题中 bicycle 作为分类名词直接修饰 后面的名词 shop，而不用's。类似还有 coffee cup 等。 26．B 本题是介词的固定用法考查。on fire 是指"着火"；set fire to 是指"放火"。 27．B 本题是情态动词考查。关键是理解句意："即使你失败很多次，也得保持良好的 心态。"must 意为"必须"，不符题意；can 通常表示能力；should 表示"应该"。所以 will 表示 对将发生的事作一推测。 28．A 本题是惯用法的考查。but 后引导的动词通常情况下用 to d0，但若 but 前出现动 词 do，则省略 to，直接使用动词原形。 29．C 本题是词类的辨析。except 表示"除了"，排除的事物不包括在主语的范围内。except for 表示"美中不足"。except that 表示"除了"，后接从句。besides 表示"除了"，排除的事物包 括在主语的范围内。 30．A 本题是日常交际用语的考查。考生解此题的关键是理解题干的含义："你有桔子 和苹果吗?"故 A 选项符合题意 高考英语语法题 15 分钟限时模拟训练 6 1. I'd like to be a professional singer, but I don't think I've got A. a good voice enough B. a good enough voice C. a voice enough good D. an enough good voice 2. It may not rain, but you had better take an umbrella__________. A. in case B. as well C. as least D. in need 3. Don't be joking. It's time to____________ your business. A. set out B. take up C. go on D. get down 4. She liked the dictionary so much that she would like to take it ____________ it cost. A. why B. how much C. whatever D. how expensive 5. The boss____________ the worker how to do it, or the accident couldn't have happened. A. can't have told B. ought to tell C. could have told D. mustn't have told 6. He is believed____________ in at his office on his way home. A. dropping B. to have dropped C. having dropped D. to be dropped 7. Moreover, __________you may hardly believe, the examiners had decided in advance to fail half the students taking part in the exams. A. which B. that C. who D. whom 8. I can't make a decision now. I need _________ more time to think it over. A. rather B. fairly C. quite D. lot 9. --Tell me where you live, please. --I live____________. A. in 123 ,King Street B. at 123 ,King Street C. in King Street, 123 D. at King Street, 123 10. --Which coat would you prefer, sir? --I'11 take___________, to have a change sometimes. A. all them B. them all C. both them D. them both l1. It was not until the end of the meeting_____________. A. that she turned up B. when she turned up C. did she turn up D. had she turned up 12. Towards ___________ morning, _________ heavy snow began to fall. A. the... a B. an... a C. a...不填 D. 不填...the 13. I told you that you shouldn't waste your time playing the computer games,_____________? A. didn't I B. did I C. should you D. shouldn't you 14.She suggested to the police in the police station that__________. A. Mr. Smith stole the necklace B. Mr. Smith should steal the necklace C. Mr. Smith had stolen the necklace D. Mr. Smith steal the necklace 15. --____________? --He is tall and strong. A. What do you think of your monitor B. How about your monitor C. What is your monitor like D. How do you find your monitor 16. Helen is much more kind to her youngest child than to the others,___________ of course, make the others unhappy. A. who B. which C. she D. that 17. --Could I use your bike, Jack? --Of course, you____________. A. can B. may C. could D. might 18. We must keep our room clean. Dirt and disease go___________, you know. A. from time to time B. hand in hand C. step by step D. one after another 19. During the ten-day vacation, they traveled to France their own expense___________ A. on B. with C. at D. in 20. If human beings had been a bit less greedy and cruel, more birds and animals___________dying out. A. ought to avoid B. could have been avoided C. should have avoided D. might have avoided 21. We liked the oil painting better____________ we looked at it. A. as B. while C. the D. the more 22. I don't skate now, but I___________ when I was a kid. A. used to B. am used to it C. sued D. used to do 23. He didn't seem to mind_____________ TV while he was trying to study A. them to watch B. that they watch C. their watching D. watching 24. Flight BA 123 to Vienna is now boarding at A. Gate 21 B. 21St Gate C. the Gate 21 D. 21 Gate 25. --Did you enjoy yourself yesterday? --Yes. As you saw , ________ party went on in____________ most pleasant atmosphere. A. the; a B. the; the C. a; the D. a; a 26. -He isn't particular about his food. -Yes, he eats_____________ anything. A. nearly B. mostly C. almost D. possibly 27. You____________ this morning if you really wanted to see it yourself. A. ought to come B. mostly C. almost D. possibly 28. __________ you understand the rule, you will have no further difficulty. A. While B. Once C. Though D. Unless 29. --Whose advice do you think I should take? --___________. A. You speak B. That's it C. It's up to you D. You got it 30. Jack is one of those men who_________ best evening the most difficult situations. A. his B. your C. their D. one's 答案详解： 1．B enou 曲修饰形容词时要后置，修饰名词时要前置。 2．A in case 意为"以防万一"；as well 意为"也"；at least 意为"至少"；in need 意为"需要 "。 3．B take up 意为"开始做"；set out 开始做应用 to do；go on 应用 with 表示继续；get down 应为 to do。 4．C 这句话意为"她非常喜欢这本字典，不管花费多少她都要买。"D 应为 however expensive。 5．A 抓住关键"or"，意为"否则"，所以前后意思相反。 6．B 首先 be belived to do 是固定用法；drop in at 接地点表示拜访某地。 7．A which 所引导的定语从句的先行词是题干的后半分句。要注意先行词的后置，不要 被迷惑。 8．A fairly，lot，quite 不能修饰比较级，而只能修饰形容词的原形。 9．B 表示街道门牌号码用介词 at；地点的表示是先小后大。 10．D 注意答句中"have a change''，说明是两者之间，排除 A、B 两项。both 修饰代词 或名词应为 both of them 或 them both。所以应为 D 项。 11．A 这是强调句的形式。 12．A 句子意为"清晨开始下一场大雪。"前一空为特指，后一空为泛指。 13．A 此题考查反意疑问旬的使用。 14．C suggest 在此题中意为"暗示"，不需要虚拟语气，suggest 只表示建议时才需要虚 拟语气。 15．C 答句中描述的是外形特征，所以用固定句型 What is+人+like? 16．B 本题是非限定性定语从句，which 替代前面整个一句话。 17．A 本题是情态动词的考查。could 在问句中指的是语气上的委婉，并不是过去时， 回答时还得用 can。 18．B 本题是关键是理解句子的含义。"我们必须保持屋子干净，要知道灰尘总是伴随 疾病。(灰尘和疾病总是手拉手。)"故 B 项符合题意。 19．C 本题是介词的考查。at the expense 是固定用法，表示花钱。 20．D 本题涉及虚拟语气的使用，从 if 引导的从句分析可以知道与过去相反，should have done 表示本来不应该但实际上干了，不符合题意。 21．D 本题是比较级的使用。原句的意思是："我们越看那幅油画，我们就越喜欢。"所 以选项 D 符合题意。 22．A 本题是词语辨析。used to 表示"过去常常"，后面常接动词原形，be used to 后接 动词-ing 形式，名词或代词，表示"习惯于……"。 23．C 本题是非谓语动词的考查。Mind 的后面必须接动词的一 ing 形式。 24．A 本题是名词和数词的考查。数词放在名词前用序数词，放在名词后面用基数词。 25．A 本题是冠词的考查。party 是两个人都知道的，用定冠词。后一个空的关键是理 解 most 的含义，在句子中指"非常"，相当于 very。 26．C 本题主要是理解句子的含义。"他几乎吃所有的东西。"nearly 通常用于否定句。 27．C 本题是情态动词的考查。ought to have done 表示"本来应该做但实际上没有做"， 相当于 should have done。 28．B 本题考查连词的区别辨析。once 指的是"一旦"。 29．C 本题是情景对话的考查。句子的意思是"你认为我应该听取谁的建议?""那得由你 决定。"只有 c 项符合句意。 30．C 本题是一道相对比较难的题。关键是理解 who 引导的定语从句先行词是 those man 高考英语语法题 15 分钟限时模拟训练 7 1. -I put him down for a well-educated man. -___________ ? -I mean that he's a well-educated man. A. I beg your pardon B. Speak louder, will you C. What's that D. Will you repeat word for word 2. He__________ he would be able to leave tomorrow, but it's beginning to took difficult. A.hopes B. was hoping C. had hoped D. hoped 3. -ou___________ stop me. -Even if you __________it, I won't allow you to swim across the river. A.mustn't; dare not do B. may ; dare not do C.can; dare to do D. needn't; dare do 4. ___________she was invited to the ball made her very happy. A.If B. That C. When D. Because 5. She had golden hair when she was a child, but_________ she got older and older, her hair went darker and darker. A.while B. when C. after D. as 6. I lost my way in complete darkness and, matters worse, it began to rain. A.made B. having made C. making D. to make 7. I often have conversations with John over telephone, while keep in touch with Tom by__________ letter. A.不填;;the B. 不填;a C. the;不填 D. the; a 8. The most favorite room is the tidy study with a fireplace, we can watch TV and enjoy the nice scenery outside. A.where B. when C. that D. which 9. -You don't seem to be quite yourself today. What's wrong? -Oh, I'm suffering from a cold. Nothing serious, A.yet B. indeed C. though D. anyway 10.___________lessons were not difficult. A. Our few first short English B. Our first few short English C. Our few first English short D. Few our first English short 11. Mr. Smith sold that magnificent cottage of his on the sea 2,000,000 dollars. A.at B. for C. to D. by 12. -Which one can I take? --You can take__________ of them; I'll keep none. A.both B. any C. either D. all 13. What a pity! He____________ the only chance of success. A.threw away B. put down C. gave in D. broke off 14. -Come in, please. Make yourself at home. -I'm glad you like it. A.Thanks. You have a nice place here. B. Oh, this picture is so beautiful! C. Thanks. What nice food you've prepared! D OK. Let me look around your new house. 15. _________ time and labor, cartoonists generally draw the hands of their characters with only 3 fingers and a thumb. A. To save B. Saved C. Saving D. Having saved 16. -How much is the T-shirt ___________? -65 dollars. A. worth B. cost C worthy D. paid 17. -Glad to meet you. -____________ A. So do I. B. How are you? C. How do you do? D. The same to you. 18. -Can I drive on the free way, Mr. Green? -You can when you____________ a bit more skilled. A. will get B. are getting C. will have got D. get 19. It is generally considered unwise to give a child___________ he or she wants. A. however B. whatever C. whichever D. whenever 20. For many Beijingers, dreams of living in ___________ green area are becoming___________ reality. A. a; a B. the; the C. 不填;不填 D. 不填;a 21. My money ___________ . I must go to the bank to draw some of my savings out before I've none in hand. A. has run out B. is running out C. has been run out D. is being run out 22. For quite____________ students, their teacher's advice is more important than___________ of their parents'. A. few ; one B. a few; that C. a little ; some D. a lot; many 23. __________ entered the office when he realized that he had forgotten his report. A. He hardly had B. Had he hardly C. Hardly had he D. Hardly he had 24. On the long journey, Peter ________ a most interesting guide. We all had a wonderful time. A. practiced B. behaved C. proved D. conducted 25. --Do you live____________ near Jim? --No, he lives in another part of the town. A. somewhere B. nowhere C. anywhere D. everywhere 26. This photo of mine was taken__________ stood the famous high tower. A. which B. in which C. where D. there 27. Some of the suspects(嫌疑犯) refused to answer and kept their mouths shut. A. questioning B. being questioned C. questioned D. to be questioned He had little idea that it was getting so late, ___________ ? A. didn't he B. wasn't it C. did he D. was it 29. Peter won't drive us to the station. He has___________ to take us all. A. a very small car B. too small a car C. a too small car D. such a small car 30. You____________ television. Why not do something more active? A. always watch B. too small a car C. have always watched D. have always been watching 答案详解： 1．A 考生对本题的切入点是看到前后两个句子所表达的意思是一样的，所以可以肯定 横线部分是让说话人重复一遍，A 项符合题意。 2．C 本题的关键是看到后半个分旬带有转折的意思，故前半分句的意思是"我本来希望 我明天可以离开。"只有 C 项表示"原来希望"。 3．D 本题是情态动词的考查。首先肯定对前半部分是否定的，而 mustn't 表示禁止，与 题意不符。dare 可以作情态动词，也可以作实义动词。 4．B 本题是名词性从句的考查。that 引导 she was invited to the ball 的从句作为整个句 子的主语。 5．D 本题是连词的辨析使用。as 表示"随着"，通常表示前后动作发生的时间为一致的。 when 强调在一个动作发生过程中另一个事情突然发生。while 表示两个同时进行的持续性动 作，且强调主句表示的动作延续到从句所指的整个时间。 6．D to make matters worse 是固定用法，在本题中充当插入语。 7．C 本题考查冠词的用法。前一个空 over the telephone 表示"通过电话"；by letter 表示 "通过写信"，by 表示方式后直接接一个名词。 8．A 本题考查状语从句的用法。考生一上来不能为"，"所迷惑，立刻选择了 D 项 which。 这里 where 引导一个状语从句。 9．C 本题是对副词的考查。关键是理解情景对话的含义。整道题的意思是："你今天看 上去气色不好。怎么了?""我感冒了，但是不严重。"所以 C 项符合题意。 10．B 本题考查形容词的次序排列。考生解题的关键是掌握所修饰的名词前必须紧接质 地或性质的词，故排除 C、D。few 与后面的词关系更为密切，所以放在 short 前面。 11．B 本题考查介词的用法。表示以多少价格卖掉某物用介词 for。 12．D 本题是情景对话的考查。考生的关键是抓住 I'll keep none．none 说明所拿走的东 西至少有三个，而且可以全部拿走，所以选 D。 13．A 本题考查动词词组的辨析。A 项意为"扔掉，丢失"；B 项意为"放下"；C 项意为" 向……屈服"。 14．A 本题只要考生理解了情景对话的含义，是不难得出答案的。A 项显然是符合题意 的。 15．A 本题考查非谓语动词的使用。to save 在句中表示"为了节省"。 16．A 本题是有关花费的几个词的辨析。考生很可能选择 B，但一定要注意问句中的谓 语动词是 is，所以可以排除 cost。be worth+价格可以表示花费多少钱。 17．C 本题是情景对话的考查。A 应为 So am I。D 项常用于祝福语或问候语的回答。 18．D 本题是动词的时态考查。答句的意思是："当你掌握一些技巧时你就可以了。" 19．B 本题考查宾语从句的使用。whatever 引导了一个宾语从旬，意思是："不管他(她) 想要什么。" 20．A 本题是对冠词的考查。两个空格都是泛指，所以选用不定冠词 a。 21．B 本题仍是考查时态的用法。run out 是指用完。由于受到后面句子中 before I've none in hand 的限制，表明钱还没用完。 22．B quite a few 指的是许多。后面空格 that 替代前面的单词 advice。 23．C hardly 在句首，主句要倒装，故可以排除其他三项。 24．C 本题考查动词的用法。首先理解句子的意思："漫长的旅途中，彼特被证明是一 个很有趣的导游。我们都玩得很开心。"prove 后接 to be+形容词，to be 可以省略。 25．A 本题是副词用法的考查。句子的意思是："你和吉姆住得近吗?""不，他住在城市 的别处。"故 A 项符合题意。 26．C 本题考查状语从句的知识。where 引导一个状语从句。 27．C 本题是省略的使用。考生可以恢复原句：Some of the suspects(who were)questioned refused to answer and kept their mouths shut． 28．C 本题是倒装句的考查。注意 little 是否定词，所以反意疑问用肯定。 29．B 本题是固定用法的考查。too／quite…+形容词+a／an+名词是固定的结构用法。 30．B 本题是副词位置和动词时态的考查。be always doing 表示总是干什么 高考英语语法题 15 分钟限时模拟训练 8 1.- You must be excited about going to Japan for schooling. -__________ , but I'm afraid I can't do well because Japanese is poor. A. Never mind B. Well, I ought to C. I don't know yet D. Certainly not 2. -What do you think of your nephew? -He__________ be very naughty but at the same time you poor. A. will ; will B. won't; can't C. may ; may D. can; can't 3. Exercise is__________ as any other to lose unwanted weight. A. so useful a way B. as a useful way C. as useful a way D. such a useful way 4. -____________ you_________ the editor at the airport? -No, he__________ away before my arrival. A. Have... met; has driven B. Had... met; was driven C. Did... meet; had been driven D. Have... met; had driven 5. -Why didn't you answer my phone when I phoned you at about 11 p. m. yesterday? -I ___________and failed to hear the phone. A. might have slept B. must be sleeping C. might be sleeping D. must have been sleeping 6. His parents meant him_____________ scientific research, but he showed no interest and turned poet. A. going in for B. to have gone in for C. to go in for D. having gone in for 7. -What would you wish to do if you were a college student again? -That's very hard to say, but I wish I when I was a college student. A. has not studied biology B. did study biology C. had studied biology D. studied biology 8. He___________ when the bus came to a sudden stop. A. was almost hurt B. was to hurt himself C. was hurt himself D. was hurting himself 9. with the size of the whole earth, the highest mountain doesn't seem high at all. A. When compared B. To compare C. While comparing D. It compared 10. If you want to see a doctor, fix the date with him ahead of time. This is a common ___________ in the USA. A. habit B. law C. rule D. custom 11. Nothing__________ after the terrible fire which had been caused by someone smoking in bed. A. left B. was remained C. remained D. continued 12. Although motor car has been with us for almost a century, I have never been able to drive __________American one. A. the ; an B. was remained C. a; the D. the ; the 13. It was not a good idea to go skating. You __________your leg. A. can break B. could break C. could have broken D. could have been broken 14. -What were you doing when she dropped in? -I for a while and_________ some reading. A. was playing; was going to do B. played; did C. had played; was going to do D. had played; did 15. The queen will visit the town in May, she will open the new hospital. A. when B. then C. while D. but 16. _________good, the food was soon sold out. A. Tasted B. Being tasted C. Tasting D. Having tasted 17. I feel silly in these clothes. Everyone will___________ me. A. worry about B. make fun of C. get rid of D. take interest in 18. -How did you find your visit to the museum, Jane? A. Oh, wonderful, indeed B. By taking a number 3 bus C. I went there alone D. A classmate of mine showed me the way 19. Up to Tuesday's attack, the worst school shooting in the U. S. was in March 1998 in Jonesboro, two boys, aged 11 and 13, shot and killed a teacher and four girls. A. while B. where C. when D. then 20. When I tried to find _________that prevented so many people from taking part in the program, it seemed to me that there were two main reasons. A. why it did B. that it did C. what it was D. why it was 21. I tried hard to get some information about the new technology out of his mouth, but he remained____________. A. quiet B. secret C. silent D. calm 22. -Why ! Where's my passport? Maybe I left it on the plane. --My Goodness ! You ____________ things behind. A. had never left B. didn't leave C. never left D. haven't left 23. - Show me your permit, please. -Oh, it's not in my pocket. It A. might fall out B. could fall out C. should have fallen out D. must have fallen out 24. -I'd like to have some lunch but I have to stay here doing my work. -___________ what you want and I can get it for you. A. To tell me B. Telling me C. If you tell me D. Tell me 25. "Who Moved My Cheese?", ____________ is a best-selling book, is written by Spencer Johnson. A. which B. that C. it D. what 26. -Our holiday cost a lot of money. -Did it? Well ,that doesn't matter____________ you enjoyed yourselves. A. unless B. in case C. as far as D. as long as 27. O'Neal works hard. He is often seen _______ heavily before his teammates have even arrived at practice. A. sweated B. to be sweated C. sweating D. being sweated 28. Travelers_______________ that they should bring their ID cards with them. A. have reminded B. are reminded C. were reminding D. had been reminded 29. -Look at these tracks. It __________ be a wolf. -It needn't be. It be a fox. A. must ; could B. may ; might C. need ; must D. could ; need 30. I've visited a lot of different places and stayed in lots of different hotels, but none of them___________ this one. A. makes B. beats C. compares D. matches 答案详解 1．B 本题关键是抓住答语中提供的信息，"恐怕我做不好，因为我的日语很差。"所承 接问旬 B 选项"我本该很高兴"最符合题意。 2．D 本题考查情态动词的用法，前一空填"可能"含义的情态动词，排除 A、B。后一空 为惯用法，can't help doing 是禁不住干某事。 3．C 本题是形容词比较级的用法考查。as+adj．+as 表示"和……一样"。若 as 之间出现 名词 j 排列顺序应为 as+a 由．+a／an+n．+as。 4．C 本题关键要抓住此事已发生。而答语中的行为在问句行为之前出现，所以前一空 为一般过去时，后一空为过去完成时。 5．D 本题可以采用排除法。问句中提供整个过程表示过去的行为。情态动词后接完成 时表示对过去的猜测，故排除 B、C。问句中有"at about 11 p．m．"具体的时间点，所以选 D。 6．B mean 在本题中意为"想"，相当于 want，用法为 mean sb．to do，。而 go in for 表 示"从事"。整句话为一般过去时，故不定式之后用完成时形式表过去。 7．C 本题考查 wish 后接宾词从句的用法。Wish 后接宾词从句，从句的谓语动词要用虚 拟语气，因为题干提示与过去事实相反，故用 had done。 8．A 本题考查 hurt 的用法，hurt 是及物动词，"伤害某人"用 hurt+oneself；若 hurt 后未 接名词，则必须用被动。类似的词还有：seat，dress 等等。 9．A 本题考查省略的用法。分句和主句的主语一致，when 引导分句的主语省略，原句 应为"when the highest mountain is compared with the size of the whole earth"。 10．D 本题是典型的词语辨析题，habit 通常为"生活习惯"，law 为"法律"，rule 为"条文 规定"，custom 为"习惯"，所以 D 项符合题意。 11．C 本题考查动词的用法。表示"剩下"的意思时，leave 为及物动词，应为"be left''， remain 为不及物动词，故选 C。 12．A 本题考查冠词的用法。前者加定冠词 the，表示"一类"；后者为泛指。 13．C 本题关键为抓住题中提供的信息。"It was not a good idea''表明动作发生于过去， 情态动词后接动词完成式表明对过去动作的猜测。 14．C 本题的时态考查具有一定的迷惑性。"she dropped in"发生于"play''与"do some reading''之间，故 play 用过去完成时，而 do some reading 用过去将来时。 15．A 本题为连词用法的考查，句子无承接和转折的意思，故排除 B、D，而 while 更 强调两个动作同时发生，所以也不符合题意。 16．C 注意系动词用主动形式表示被动，如 The food tastes good． 17．B 本题为词组的辨析，worry about 意为"担心"，make fun 0f 意为"取笑"，get 瑚 0f 意为"清除"，take interest in 意为"对……感兴趣"，故 B 项符合题意。 18．A 交际用法的考查关键抓住问句的提示，本题问句意思为"你去参观博物馆，感觉 如何?"故 A 项符合题意，意思为"棒极了。" 19．C 本题关键是辨明横线后为完整句"two boys，aged 11 and 13，shot and killed a teacher and four girls''，其中 aged 11 and 13 为插入语。 20．C 本题是强调句和宾语从句的考查。宾语从句缺少主语，用 what。强调句中强调 部分为疑问副词应提前，故选 C 项。 21．C 本题为四个形容词的区别，quiet 为"安静的"，secret 为"秘密的"，silent 为"沉默 的"，calm 为"心情平静的"，故选 C 项。 22．C 本题只要理解题干的意思就能正确选出 C 项。"我的护照呢?或许我把它忘在飞机 上了。""天啊，你从来没丢过东西。" 23．D 本题答句中 fall out 的动作发生于过去，英语中情态动词后加动词的完成式表示 对过去动作的猜测，故选 D。C 项意为"本来应该掉出来"，不合题意。 24．D 本题考查祈使句的用法，考生只要知道祈使句的构成就很容易得出答案 D。 25．A 本题为定语从句，"Who Moved My Cheese?''是定语从句的先行词。非限定性定语 从句中用 which，不用 that。 26．D 本题是对惯用短语的考查，unless 意为"除非"，in case 为"万一"，as far as 为"就…… 而言"，as long as 为"只要"，显然 D 符合题意。 27．C 非谓语动词的考查是本题的目的。see somebody doing 表示看见某人一直正在干 某事，题干中只是将主动变成了被动。 28．B 本题考查被动语态的使用。travellers 是应该被提醒，故选 B 项。 29．A 第一空的答案要根据答语来判断。"needn't''的出现表明第一空为"must"。后一空 表猜测，可以用 could。 。 30．D 此题有一点难度，match 在本题中意思为"比得上……" 高考英语语法题 15 分钟限时模拟训练 9 1. Having received___________ training of the MS. Company, he was offered important position in management. A. the;an B. 不填;an C. the;不填 D. a;a 2. The customer bargained with the shopkeeper for a long time, and finally they agreed ___________ the price. A. to B. with C. on D. at 3. The plan __________just because people were unwilling to cooperate (合作). A. broke down B. pulled down C. turned down D. put 4. Whether ways will be found to stop pollution or not is just___________ worries the public. A. why B. which C. that D. what 5. --I'm sorry, I shouldn't have been so rude to you. --You___________ your temper but that's OK. A. have lost B. had lost C. did lose D. were losing 6. --Shall Mary come and play computer games? --No,__________ she has finished her homework. A. when B. if C. unless D. once 7. --I'm going downtown. --Come on. A. I'll give you a lift B. You are welcome C. Don't do that D. Come with me 8. It is only when you nearly lose someone ____________ you fully realize how much you value him. A. do B. then C. will D. that 9. I can guess you___________ your sweater inside out. A. had worn B. wore C. are wearing D. were wearing 10. Beijing government puts more than 700 million yuan to increase its green space this year,____________ doubles the money provided last year. A. as B. while C. that D. which 11. --Oh, must you? Stay a longer. It's been such fun having you --__________. I've got an early start tomorrow morning. A. No problem B. All right C. Thanks anyway D. Never mind 12. Children under six are not ___________to school except those of extraordinary intelligence (智力超常). A. permitted B. admitted C.accepted D. received 13. Now then, children, it's time you_____________. A. washed and dressed B. are washed and dressed C. will wash and dress D. were washed and dressed 14. In the middle of the room stands a__________ table. A. beautiful wooden round B. round wooden beautiful C. accepted D. received D. beautiful round wooden 15. --Are you sure to help me find____________ bed for my new house? --Of course, but not now. I'm heading, for____________ bed and a good sleep. A. a,a B. a,不填 C. the,a D. a, the 16. The wrong you've done to him is terrible,for__________ you should make an apology to him, I think. A. this B. which C. what D. that 17. --What is the model plane like? --Well, the wings of the plane are___________ of its body. A. more than the length twice B. twice more than the length C. more than twice the length D. more twice than the length 18. --Was Tom there when you arrived? --Yes, but he___________ home soon afterwards. A. had gone B. has gone C. is D. went 19. The question came up at the meeting____________ we had enough money for our research. A. that B. what C. which D. whether 20. The air company going from bad to worse, the workers____________ hardly enough to make a living. A. are paid B. are paying C. have paid D. paid 21. The manager has to get all these washing machines A. to deliver B. be delivered C. delivered D. delivering 22. --What made your father throw up last night? --I think the large quantities of wine __________. A. was B. might C. make D. did 23. Throughout the world__________advance has been made in science and technology is due to education which brings forth knowledge, creation and inventions. A. whoever B. whatever C. what D. that 24. --Well done, Jack ! --Thanks. But given more time, I__________ it better. A. shouldn't have done B. could have done C. might not do D. could do 25. With a lot of difficult problems____________ , the manager felt worried all the time. A. to settle B. settling C. settled D. being settled 26. Mr. Zhang is mild in character. He never shouts__________ he is very angry. A. to settle B. setting C. settled D. being settled 27. --And besides,these colours are more____________ you. --Do you really think so? I'll take it,then. A. becoming to B. belonging to C. referring to D. used to 28. --Excuse me, I want to have my watch fixed, but I can't find a repair shop. --I know___________ nearby. Come on, I'll show you. A. one B. it C. some D. that 29. From the dates__________on the gold coin, we decided that it was made five hundred years ago. A. marking B. marked C. to be marked D. having been marked 30. How different is the impression produced by_____________ today! A. the Beijing of B. the Beijing from C. Beijign of D. Beijing from 答案详解： 1．A 本题为定冠词的考查。前面一空后有 of the MS．company 修饰，所以为特指，而 后面一空为泛指，所以用 an。 2．C 本题既是介词的考查，也是固定搭配的考查。agree with 后接人或 what 引导的短 语，agree to 后接动词原形，agree on sth 表示在某一方面达成一致，没有 agree at 的用法。 3．A 本题为词语的辨析。break down 指失败，(车等)抛锚；pull down 指推倒；turn down 指拒绝；put down 指放下。 4．D 本题为 what 引导的表语从句，从句中缺少主语，所以用 what。 5．C 本题是情境中的时态考查。问句中提供的信息表明 lose temper 的行为发生于过去， 所以选 C。 6．C 本题只要理解了句意就能很容易地选出 unless。句意为："玛丽要来打电脑游戏吗?"" 不，除非她完成了作业。" 7．A 本题是交际用法的考查。仔细读题并发现只有"I'll give you a lift"(我顺路带你去)最 合题意。 8．D 这是强调句的考查。强调部分是 that 后的句子的时间状语。 9．C 本题是时态的考查。因为说话人说"你把毛衣穿反了"指的是当时的情形，所以用 进行时态。 10．D 本题是非限定性定语从句，which 替代逗号前的整个句子。 11．C 本题还是交际用语的考查。理解问句的含义，就知道答句的意思应为"谢谢，但 我明天一早就出发。"所以只有 C 项符合题意。 12．B 本题考查词语辨析。permit 为允许，通常指法律或规定，accept 意为接受，receive 意为收到，be admitted t0 school 是惯用法。 13．D 本题的正确解答需掌握："it is time that''后接的句子用一般过去时，wash 和 dress 都为及物动词，后无宾语所以用被动。 14．D 本题考查形容词的词序。记住名词前最近的修饰词是有关它的质地的形容词，所 以可以直接选出 D。 15．B 前一空泛指一张床，所以用 a；后一空 head for bed 为惯用法，意为"去睡觉"。 16．B 此题还是考查非限定性定语从句，which 替代 for 前面的句子。 17．B 本题为比较级倍数的考查。注意比较级倍数的表达为倍数+比较级(或 as…as 形式)， 所以四个选项中只有 B 为正确选项。 18．D 本题是一道考查时态的语法题，go home 的动作在"到达"之后发生，所以用一般 过去时。 19．D 本题句子的意思是"会议上提出的问题是我们是否有足够的资金进行研究。"所以 只有 D 符合题意。 20．A 本题考查的是有关被动的用法。考生读完题后可以发现工人是被发工资，而选项 中只有 A 为被动，故符合题意。 21．C 本题是动词用法的考查，get sth．done 为惯用法，意为"使……被……"。 22．D 本题是情景对话中的省略，考生只要将答句补充完整，就很容易提出答案。I think the large quantities of wine made your father throw up last night． 23．B 本题考查名词性从句的知识，whatever 引导的从句作为整个句子的主语。题意为 "世界上不管在科技方面取得什么样的进步都归功于带来知识、创造和发明的教育。" 24．B 本题为情态动词的考查。根据题干得知动作已经发生，情态动词+动词的完成式 表示对过去的推测。 25．A 不定式后的动词与所修饰的名词构成动宾关系，一般不用被动形式。而题干中这 些问题还未解决，故用不定式表示。 26．D 本题关键是理解题干的含义："张先生性格温和，即使他生气的时候，他也从未 大喊大叫。"根据题意选择 D 项 even when。 27．A 本题为动词词组的考查辨析，be becoming to sb．表示"……对某人适合"；belong to 表示"属于"；refer to 表示"指……"；used to 表示"过去常常干"。 28．A 本题是代词的考查。考生应注意答案中的修理店并没有确定，故不用 it 和 that。 在这儿用 one 来替代 a repair shop。 29．B 本题是定语从句的省略。可以将原句恢复成"From the dates(which were) marked on the gold coin''，这样就比较容易找出答案。 30．A 本题考查专有名词和定冠词的用法，本来 Beijing 是专有名词，前面没有任何冠 词，但有了 of today 的限定，表示特指，故加上 the 高考英语语法题 15 分钟限时模拟训练 10 1. --I hope he won't get ill during the examinations. --___________ . He has been very well recently. A. Certainly B. No C. Not D. Yes 2. The movie is__________ boring; it is, in fact, rather exciting and interesting. A. anything but B. nothing but C. no more' D. all but 3. Why didn't you tell me there was no meeting today? I all the way here through the heavy snow. A. needn't have driven B. can't have driven C. mustn't have driven D. shouldn't have driven 4. The shop manager always says to his assistants, "We can never be customers. A. so B. too C. that D. more 5. Mr. Smith__________ the roll of film as soon as he arrived home A. got down to wash B. got down to develop C. got down to washing D. got down to developing 6. --The two pairs of shoes are __________ the same colour. --But they are different __________ colour. A. of; from B. of; in C. in; from D. in; in 7. The gas tank____________ twenty gallons of gas, but now it may____________ only three gallons. A. holds; contain B. holds; be contained C. is held; contain D. is held; be contained 8. They suggested not only to the party but also give a performance. A. did we go B. should we go C. we should go D. thought 9. The president of the country was well of when he was in power. A. praised B. fond C. appreciated D. thought 10. --Why has he been staying at home these days? --He ___________ since a month ago. A. has been out of work B. was out of work C. has lost his work D. had left from his work 11. The reason__________ their failure you know is they didn't get fully prepared for the experiment. A. why.., that B. that.., why C. for.., that D. why.., because 12. ____________ great help, I could get rid of all the difficulty and succeeded. A. Offered B. Having offered C. Being supplied D. Having supplied 13. --Jack's won _____________ holiday in London. --_________ lucky fellow ! A. a; A B. the; The C. a; The D. the; A 14. You _________think you're clever, but that doesn't give you the right to order me about! A. should B. would C. could D. might 15. --Which play shall we go and see? A. I'm afraid we can't B. I don't think it's interesting C. Yes, I quite agree with you D. I'll leave it to you 16. --I didn't know this was a one-way street, officer. A. That's all right. B. I don't believe you. C. How dare you say that? D. Sorry, but that's no excuse. 17. The Bunsen Burner is so named because it is thought ___________ by Robert Bunsen. A. to be invented B. having been invented C. invented D. to have been invented 18. --I'm told that John had another car accident this morning. --I believe not. He _________so careless. A. shouldn't have been B. wouldn't have been C. couldn't have been D. mustn't have been 19. Could you give me a hand __________from the car, please? A. to carry the shopping B. for carrying the shopping C. and carrying the shopping D. carrying the shopping 20. Why haven't you finished your homework yet? You___________ to have finished it by last Sunday. A. are supposed B. were supposed C. are supposing D. were supposing 21. --The news is spreading from mouth to mouth. --Yes, it has become__________ talk of__________ town. A. a ; a B. the ;不填 C. the ; the D. a ;不填 22. Their tent,__________ light as a feather, remained firm in the storm last night. A. as if B. even C. though D. if 23. The amount of money for the seriously sick child was soon collected. A. to need B. needed C. needing D. which needed 24. --__________ was it_________ they discovered the entrance to the underground place? --Totally by chance. A. How; that B. What ; that C. When; when D. Where; that 25. It is usually not quite cold in this area in March, but sometimes temperature be very low. A. should B. can C. must D. shall 26. After you have used the dictionary, please just put it back it belongs. A. where B. to which C. what D. that 27. --You went late the stadium yesterday evening, didn't you? --Yes, my wife was a little late _________ the supper. A. to ; with B. for; with C. for; for D. at ; for 28. --Do you know when the Chinese custom_________ from? --It's hard to say. But its characteristics__________ the Tang Period. A. began ; prove B. started ; show C. is ; appear D. dates ; suggest 29. All the preparations, we're ready to start. A. made B. being made C. having made D. have been made 30. --Did Mary come to your birthday party? --No. I __________ her, but she was away on business. A. would like to invite B. would have liked to invite C. must have invited D. could invite 答案详解： 1．B 否定回答用 no，而不是 not，此题回答是省略的，原为 No，he won't． 2．A anything but 表示"根本不"的含义。 3．A needn't have done 意为"本来不需要"；D 为"本来不应该"。 4．B too…to 固定词组搭配，意为"太……以至于……"，含有否定的意思。 5．D 此题考查的是固定词组，get down to 后可直接接名词或动词-ing 形式。 6．B of the same 接名词用作表语，意为"同样的颜色"；be different in 接名词，表示在 某方面不同。 7．A 此题考查动词的语态知识。hold 表示"容纳"，contain 表示"装着"时都用主动形式。 8．B suggest 意为"建议"，后接的宾语从句中用 should+动词，should 可以省略。 9．D think of 用于被动为 be thou 曲 t of，B 项 be fond of 后须接名词或代词；A、C 项后 不用接 of。 10．A 答语中有 since 引导的时间状语，限定了句中的动词为持续性动词。 11．C 此题关键是 their failure 为名词词组，A 项 why 后须接句子。 12．A 此题考查的是省略的用法。前面的分句省略的主语为 I，所以动词要用被动。 13．C 此题考查冠词的用法。前空为泛指，后空为特指。 14．D 此题意为"你也许认为自己弄明白了，但这并不表明你有权力命令我。"所以 A、B、 C 项都不符合题干的意思。 15．D 问句意为"我们去看哪部戏?"A、B、c 项答非所问。D 项意为"由你决定"。 16．D 此题考查日常交际用语知识，题干中问句是"长官，我不知道这是一条单行线"， 所以回答"对不起，没有任何借口"，A、B、c 项都不符合问句所提供的信息。 17．D 本句考查动词的被动语态和时态，it+is+动词 ed 形式，to do 是固定的搭配用法。 而 Bunsen Burner 的发明是过去发生的动作，所以用完成时态。 18．C 本题考查时态的掌握情况，问句是"有人告诉我约翰今天早晨出了交通事故"，答 句应为"我不相信，他不可能这么不小心。"只有 c 项为此意思，shouldn't have done 表示"本 来不应该……"，mustn't have done 表示"禁止做"。 19．A 此题为固定的动词词组用法。give sb．a hand to do something 意思与 help sb．(to)do 一样。 20．B 本题考查的是 be supposed to 的用法。题意为"你为什么还没完成作业?你上个周 日就应该完成了。"在本题中 be supposed to have finished 相当于 should have finished，意为" 本来应该完成而实际上没有"。 21．C 本题考查冠词的用法。题中后一空为两者都知道，特指，故用 the；前一空受到 of 引导的短语的修饰，所以也用 the。 22．C 本题考查省略的用法，thou 曲引导的分句中省略了 it is。意为"帐篷虽然很轻，但 昨晚它仍牢牢地立在狂风中"。 23．B 本题考查定语从句的使用，题干意思为"用于治疗患有重病的孩子的钱很快被收 齐。"所以 need 在句中使用被动形式。 24．A 本题是强调句的考查。考生可以将问句转为陈述句语气，这样题意就比较清晰： "It was how that they discovered the entrance to the underground place．" 25．B 本题考查情态动词不同含义的辨析。而题干中要求为"有时温度可能会很低"。只 有 can 可以表示"可能"。 26．A 本题有一定的迷惑性，很多考生选择 B，但 belong to 这一固定词组关系，非常紧 密，所以一般不提前，故 B 项错误。 27．A 本题第一空要千万当心 go late to some place 而不是 be late for，所以 B、C、D 三 项错误，答句意思为"是的，我的妻子吃晚饭时晚了一会儿。" 28．D 本题关键是抓住答句中所提供的信息，"It's hard to say''，这表明回答者并不很肯 定。而 prove 证明，show 表明，排除 A，B。前一空 date from 意为"追溯至……" 29．A 本题首先需判断用被动，排除 c。后半分句表示所有的准备已经完成，直接用过 去分词表示状态。 30．B 本题对话首先提供的信息为一般过去时，所以限定了所要填定信息的时态。would like to 一般用于表示现在时，而句中时态为过去，所以需用 would ha 虚拟语气(附参考答案) 单项填空 [限时答题，时间 30min] 1. I don’t think that I shall fail. But if I____, I would try again. A. should fail B. would fail C. was to fail D. had failed 2. ____she a man, she might be elected president. A. If were B. Were C. Be D Is 3. It was strange that we ____short of water in the country where it was always raining. A. are B. would be C. should be D. were 4. ----What will you do during the winter vocation? ----I don’t know, but it’s about time ____on something. A. I’m deciding B. I’ll decide C. I’d decided D. I decided 5. My order is that everyone _____his work. A. must complete B. completed C. completes D. complete 6. If he ____ in Germany, what language would be probably speak now? A. were born B. had been born C. would have been born D. was born 7. If I had studied English last year, I ____ able to speak it now. A. could be B. would have been C. should be D. could have been 8. It was not ____ she took off her dark glasses _____ I realized she was a famous film star. A. when, that B. until, that C. until, when D. when, than 9. ----____is _____we’ll have the meeting? ----In the meeting room, I suppose. A. It, where that B. Where, it that C. Where, that D. It, where there 10. It’s ____, not you, who want more. A. I B. me C. mine D. myself 11. It ____Mike and Mary who helped the old man several days ago. A. are B. was C. were D. had been 12. Not only ____working hard, but also ____very polite. A. the girl is, she is B is the girl, she is C. the girl is, is she D. is the girl, is she 13. ----You seem to be an actor. ----____. I have played many parts in a lot of films. A. So do I B. So am I C. So do I D. So I am 14. _____that we all went out, lying in the sun. A. So fine was the weather B. So was the find weather C. The weather was so fine was D. So the weather was fine 15.Snowing hard outside, ____? A. doesn’t it B. isn’t it C. does it D. is it 16. Only by practicing a few hours every day ____be able to master the language. A. you can B. will you C. you will D. can you 17. ---Why not take my car to the museum instead of walking? ---No, thanks. _____. A. I’m used to B. I’m able to C. I’m about to D. I’ve got to 18. Amy lost her money and Mother wasn’t surprised that she ____as she was too careless. A. did that B. did it C. did this D. did so 19. I don’t think Dick’s seen a play in the Shanghai Grand Theater, ____? A. hasn’t he B. has he C. isn’t he D. is he 20. It was ____she was sick ____she didn’t come to attend the farewell party. A. because; why B. why; that C. since; that D. because; that 21. Why! I have nothing to confess. ____you want me to say? A. What is it that B. What it is that C. How is it that D. How it is that 22. ---Did Linda see the traffic accident? ---No, no sooner ____than it happened. A. had she gone B. she had gone C. has she gone D. she has gone 23. The computer was used in teaching. As a result, not only ____, but students became more interested in the lessons. A. saved was teachers’ energy B. was teachers’ energy saved C. teachers’ energy was saved D. was saved teachers’ energy 24. He must be helping the old man to water the flower, ____? A. is he B. isn’t he C. must he D. mustn’t he 25. Johnson suggested the problem worth paying attention to ____at the meeting. A. be discussed B. to been discussed C. being discussed D. was discussed 26. I wish I ____a chance to talk with you about my writing before you left. A. have B. had C. had had D. will have 27. ---Sorry. I must be off. ---How nice it would be if you ____ a bit longer! A. stay B. would be C. stayed D. have stayed 28. If the prediction for the earthquake ____more accurate, we would have been more prepared and many more lives would been saved. A. had been B. was C. has been D. were 29. There’s plenty of time for you to think about it carefully, so you needn’t rush now. ____you change your mind, I wouldn’t mind. A. would B. Could C. Should D. Might 30. ---The weather has been very hot and dry. ---Yes. If it had rained even a drop, things would be much better now! And my vegetables ____. A. wouldn’t die B. didn’t die C. hadn’t died D. wouldn’t have died 31. George is going to talk about the geography of his country, but I’d rather he____ more on its culture. A. focus B. focused C. would focus D. had focused 32. Had I known about this computer program, a huge amount of time and energy _____. A. would have been saved B. had been saved C. will be saved D. was saved 33. But for their help, we ______the program in time. A. can not finish B. will not finish C. had not finished D. could not have finished 34. He did not regret saying what he did but felt that he ____it differently. A. could express B. would express C. could have expressed D. mush have expressed. 答案 1-5 ABCDD 6-10 BCBBA 11-14 BBDA 15-19 BBADB 20-24 DAABB 25-29 ACCAC 30-34 DBADC 高考语法专题复习—时态(附参考答案) 易混易错 9 比较 一 一般现在时与现在进行时的比较 高考感悟 1．(2013·北京高考)Hurry up! Mark and Carol ______ us. A．expect B．are expecting C．have expected D．will expect 2．(2013·陕西高考)On Monday mornings it usually ________ me an hour to drive to work although the actual distance is only 20 miles. A．takes B．is taking C．took D．will take . 二 一般现在时与现在完成时的比较 高考感悟 1．(2013·全国卷Ⅰ)When I first met Bryan I didn't like him, but I ________ my mind. A．have changed B．change C．had changed D．would change 2.Look at that little boy wandering about — perhaps he _____ his mother. A. will lose B. is losing C. had lost D. has lost 3. I ____ ping-pong quite well, but I haven’t had time to play since the New Year. A. will play B. have played C. played D. play 三 一般过去时与现在完成时的比较 高考感悟 1．(2013·江苏高考)—What about your self-drive trip yesterday? —Tiring! The road is being widened, and we ________ a rough ride. A．had B．Have C．would have D．have had 2．Could I have a table by the window? —Sorry, sir. All of them ________ . A．were booked B．had been booked C．are being booked D．have been booked 3. —I want to give Mary this gift. __ Oh, sorry. She ______. A. left B. has left C. leaves D. had left 4. ___You seem to be familiar with London. ___I ________ there for three years. It's great to be back. A．lived B．had lived C．have lived D．live 四 一般过去时与过去完成时的比较 高考感悟 1 ． (2013· 辽 宁 高 考 )He was unhappy when he sold his guitar. After all, he ________ it for a very long time. A．has had B．had had C．has D．had 2．(2013·安徽高考)I'm calling about the apartment you ________ the other day. Could you tell me more about it? A．advertised B．had advertised C．are advertising D．will advertise 3. __ I’ve brought a box of chocolates for our daughter. — Oh, how good a dad! But she doesn’t like sweet things. _____ that? A. Don’t you know B. Haven’t you know C. Didn’t you know D. Hadn’t you known 4. As he approached the door, Mike looked into the room again to see if he ______ anything behind. A．left B．had left C．has left D．would leave 五 一般过去时与过去进行时的比较 高考感悟 1．(2013·江西高考) I to visit you later that day, but I had to phone and cancel. A. come B. came C. am coming D. was coming 2．All morning as I waited for the medical report from the doctor, my tension _____. A. grew B. had grown C. was growing D. has grown 3. —Didn’t the guard see him breaking into the bank? —No, he _______ in the other direction. A. was looking B. had looked C. looked D. is looking 六 一般将来时与将来进行时的比较 高考感悟 1．(2013·江苏高考)—Could I use your car tomorrow morning? —Sure. I ________ a report at home. A．will be writing B．will have written C．have written D．have been writing 2．（2012·陕西高考）—Can I call you back at two o'clock this afternoon? — I'm sorry，but by then I ______ to Beijing. How about five? A．fly B．will fly C．will be flying D．am flying 七 现在完成时与现在完成进行时的比较 高考感悟 1．(2013·山东高考)—Oh no! We're too late. The train ________. —That's OK. We'll catch the next train to London. A．was leaving B．had left C．has left D．has been leaving 2 ． (2013· 福 建 高 考 )The girl has a great interest in sport and ________ badminton classes twice a week over the last three years. A．took B．is taking C．takes D．has been taking 3.（2012·全国Ⅱ）The manager ______ the workers how to improve the program since 9 am. A．has told B．is telling C．has been telling D．will have told 八 be going to 与 will 表将来的比较 高考感悟 1．(2012·北京高考)By the time you have finished this book, your meal________ cold. A．gets B．has got C．will get D．is getting 2．(2009·江苏高考)—Ann is in hospital. —Oh, really？I ________ know. I________ go and visit her. A．didn't; am going to B．don't; would C．don't; will D．didn't; will 九 固定句式 高考感悟 1. (2011·湖南高考)It is the most instructive lecture that I ______ since I came to this school. A．attended B．had attended C．am attending D．have attended 2.He will have learned English for eight years by the time he ______from the university next year. A. will graduate B. will have graduated C. graduates D. is to graduate 3. Close the door of fear behind you, and you ________ the door of faith open before you. A．saw B．have seen C．will see D．are seeing 解题方法 方法一 通过“时态定义”解题 准确理解常考时态的定义是做题的根本。 1．(2012·全国卷Ⅱ)—Did you ask Sophia for help? —I ________ need to — I managed perfectly well on my own. A．wouldn't B．don't C．didn't D．won't 2．(2012·安徽高考)Walmart, which is one of the largest American supermarket chains, _______ some of its stores open 24 hours on Mondays through Saturdays. A．keeps B．Keep C．have kept D．had kept 方法二 通过“时间标志词”解题 做时态题时首先要在题干中寻找时间标志词，不同的时间状语代表动作发生 的时间点或时间段的不同。 常见时态的标志词有： 1．一般现在时：always, every time, now and then, seldom, sometimes, usually 等。 2．现在完成时：up to now, so far, recently, already, yet, inoverduring the past last few years, for＋时间段，since＋时间点以及 since 引导的从句等。 3．过去完成时：by＋过去时间，by the end of＋过去时间，by the time ... 4．将来进行时：at this time tomorrow/the day after tomorrow, from 1：30 to 4： 30 tomorrow/the day after tomorrow。 5．将来完成时：by＋将来时间，by the end of＋将来时间，before ... 1 ． (2013· 浙 江 高 考 )During the last three decades, the number of people participating in physical fitness programs ________ sharply. A．was increasing B．has increased C．had increased D．will be increasing 2．(2012·天津高考)The three of us ________ around Europe for about a month last summer. A．travelled B．have travelled C．had travelled D．travel 3．(2011·江苏高考)—Tommy is planning to buy a car. —I know. By next month, he ______enough for a used one. A．saves B．saved C．will save D．will have saved 方法三 通过“固定结构”解题 对于含有固定结构的时态题，要迅速定位，根据该句型选用正确的时态。 常见的固定结构有： 1. had done sth. when ... did 2. was/were doing sth. when ... did 3. It is time that…从句用 did 或 should+V 表虚拟。 4. It (This) is the best (worst, most interesting 等)＋名词＋从句”…have done 5. It (This) is the first/second/third ... time＋that …have done 6. It (This) was the first/second/third ... time＋that …had done 7. It is (was)... since sb. did (had done)sth 8. It won't be (wasn't) long before sb. do / does (did)... 9. hardly (scarcely)…had done ... when ... did; no sooner ...had done.. than ...did 10. 在祈使句+and(or，or else， otherwise)十并列分句(常用 will 表将 来). 1．(2013·陕西高考)Jim ________ a late-night film at home when, right in the middle of a thrilling scene, the television went blank. A．watched B．had watched C．was watching D．would be watching 2 ． (2009· 陕 西 高 考 )This is the first time we________a film in the cinema together as a family. A．see B．had seen C．saw D．have seen 方法四 通过“动作先后关系”解题 在一个比较复杂的句子里，总会有好几个动作或现象，它们的发生时间有一 定的先后关系。我们一定要根据这种先后关系来判断。 1．(2012·浙江高考)Peter had intended to take a job in business, but ________ that plan after the unpleasant experience in Canada in 2010. A．had abandoned B．abandoned C．abandon D．will abandon 2 ． (2011· 山 东 高 考 )She was surprised to find the fridge empty; the children______everything! A．had been eating B．had eaten C．have eaten D．have been eating 方法五 通过“语境暗示”解题 有些题目中时间状语和其他参照物都不明显的情况下，通过正确理解语境 也是解决时态问题的一条行之有效的方法。 1．(2013·天津高考)The water supply has been cut off temporarily because the workers ______ one of the main pipes. A．had repaired B．have repaired C．repaired D．are repairing 2．(2012·重庆高考)—Kevin, you look worried. Anything wrong? —Well, I ________ a test and I'm waiting for the result. A．will take B．took C．had taken D．take 方法六 主将从现 1. I don't know if she _____, but if she _____ I will let you know. A．comes; comes B．will come; will come C．comes; will come D．will come; comes 2. —Can I go to Beijing for my holiday, Dad ? —You can when you _______a bit older. A. will get B. get C. are getting D. got 时态命题 3 陷阱 近几年高考题，有些命题者故意人为设置一些“陷阱”，因此在解答此类题目 时要克服定势思维，认真分析语境，不要被命题者迷惑。例如： 陷阱一：看到“for＋一段时间”不一定用现在完成时 (2009·四川高考)—You speak very good French! —Thanks.I________French in Sichuan University for four years. A．studied B．study C．was studying D．had studied 陷阱二：看到“Look！”不一定用现在进行时 (2012·江西高考)—Look! Somebody ________ the sofa. —Well, it wasn't me. I didn't do it. A．is cleaning B．was cleaning C．has cleaned D．had cleaned 陷阱三：看到“平行结构”不一定用同样的时态 (2012·江苏高考)The president hopes that the people will be better off when he quits than when he ________. A．has started B．starts C．started D．will start 高考感悟 BA ADD ADBA BACB DCA AC CDC CD DCC 解题方法 CA BAD CD BC DB DB ACC 附前面易混易错 9 比较 9 种规律总结 规律总结 1  一般现在时表示经常性、习惯性或永久性的状态；现在进行时表示现在正 在进行的动作，或现阶段一直进行的动作(说话时未必正在做).现在进行时 有时可代替一般现在时，表示说话人的某种情绪,感情色彩.  ① He walks to work every day.  ②He is walking to work because his bike is broken. You are always forgetting the important thing. 规律总结 2  一般现在时表示经常性、习惯性或永久性的状态；现在完成时则强调过去 发生的动作到现在已完成，或过去发生的动作对现在造成的影响。  ① He is always ready to help others.  ② I haven’t finished my homework yet. 规律总结 3  时间上有差异：凡有过去时间的均用过去时,如含有 ago, last year, just now, the other day 等.现在完成时常与 already，ever, never, yet, just 等词连用。  结果上有差异：现在完成时强调的是对“现在”的影响和结果，动作到现在 刚完成或还在继续；一般过去时强调的是动作发生在“过去”，和现在毫无 关系.  ①His brother was in the army for five years.(现已退役）  ②—Have you seen my dictionary? —Yes, I saw it on your bed yesterday. 规律总结 4  一般过去时说明发生在过去的动作，往往有明确的过去时间 状语;而过去 完成时表示过去某个时间或动作之前已发生或完成的动作强调“过去的过 去”，句中常有 by，before， when， until 等词引导的时间状语。  Tom and I became friends in 2000, although we had actually met several years before. 规律总结 5  一般过去时仅说明动作发生在过去，不强调动作的延续性；而过去进行时 则强调在过去某一时间正在进行的动作。短暂性动词用过去进行时表示原 计划、打算。  ① During that time he was going with us. (表示打算)  ②I was reading the book at that time. (未读完，“读”的片段)  I read the book yesterday. (已读完，表整个“读”) 规律总结 6  一般将来时表示将要发生的动作或存在的状态；而将来进行时强调将来某 一时刻或某一段时间内正在进行的动作。  ①I am busy reviewing my lessons because I will have an exam tomorrow.  ② I feel so excited! At this time tomorrow morning I will be flying to Shanghai.(2012·辽宁) 规律总结 7  现在完成时强调动作产生的结果或影响，而不是动作本身;现在完成进行 时强调的是在一段时期内某项活动的持续性，强调的是动作本身。  ①This disease has dropped considerably in the past few years.  ② The manager has been telling the workers how to improve the program since 9 am.(2012·全国卷Ⅱ) 规律总结 8  be going to 表示按计划或安排将要发生的事情；而 will 不强调行为的计划 性，多指临时的决定或安排。  —Mary is ill. I am going to visit her. —Sorry, I didn't know. I will go with you. 规律总结 9 1)祈使句+and(or，or else， otherwise)十并列分句(常用一般 将来时) (2)This/It is (was) the first/second... time that sb. has/ have (had) done sth. . (3)It is (was)... since sb. did (had done)sth. (4)It won't be (wasn't) long before sb. do / does (did)... homework 1、 The violin will have to be tuned before it _____. A. is played B. should play C. plays D. is being played 2、 By the time you arrive in London, we _____ in Europe for two weeks. A. had stayed B. shall stay C. will have stayed D. have been staying 3、I ___ with some friends until I find a flat. A. am living B. live C. have lived D. will have lived 4、All the preparations for the task _____, and we’re ready to start. A. completed B. complete C. had been completed D. have been completed 5、 I thought I ____ the door, but it is still open A. had closed B. was closing C. have closed D. would close 6、You ____ television. Why not do something more active? A. always watch B. are always watching C. have always watched D. have always been watching 7. ---It seems that she is thinking about something. ---Yes, she cannot remember what key she ____ to her computer. A .set B. has set C. had set D. sets 8、 ---Why weren’t you at the meeting? ---I ____ an important visitor from the UK in my office. A. expected B. had been expecting C. was expecting D. had expected 9、I have no idea what ____ while I was asleep. A. has happened B. was happened C. had happened D. happened 10, --Have you moved into the new house? --Not yet, the rooms _____. A. are being painted B. are painting C. are painted D. have been painting 11. You don't need to describe her. I ___ her several times. A. had met B. have met C. met D. meet 12.---I'm sorry to keep you waiting. ---Oh, not at all. I ___ here only a few minutes. A. have been B. had been C. was D. will be 13. --- Oh, dear. I forgot the air tickets. --- You ______ something. A. have left B. are always leaving C. are leaving D. always left 14. --- I ______ so busily recently that I ______ no time to help you with your math. --- That’s OK. I can manage it by myself. A. have been working; have B. have worked; had C. am working; will have D. had been working; had had 15. Remember to send me a photo of us next time you ______ to me. A. are writing B. will write C. has written D. write 16. He ______ at the meeting, but his heart attack prevented him. A. will speak B. is going to speak C. had to speak D. was going to speak 17. I ____ ping-pong quite well, but I haven’t had time to play since the New Year. A. will play B. have played C. played D. play 18. I can guess you were in a hurry. You ____your sweater inside out. A. had worn B. wore C. were wearing D. are wearing 19. The traffic in our city is already good and it ______ even better. A. gets B. got C. has got D. is getting 20. --- Where do you think ______ he ______ the computer? --- Sorry. I have no idea. A. has; bought B. 不填; bought C. did; buy D. 不填; buys Homework: ACADA BBCDA BABAD DDDDB